Rexroth EFC 3610 / EFC 5610 EFC 3610, EFC 5610 Frequency Converter Operating Instructions
Below you will find brief information for Frequency Converter EFC 3610 / EFC 5610 EFC 3610, Frequency Converter EFC 3610 / EFC 5610 EFC 5610. The Rexroth EFC 3610 and EFC 5610 frequency converters are designed for use in a variety of industrial applications, including motor control, pump and fan applications, and material handling. This document will provide you with essential information for configuring and operating your new frequency converter. Rexroth EFC 3610 and EFC 5610 frequency converters are designed to meet the needs of modern industrial applications.
advertisement
The Drive & Control Company
Rexroth Frequency Converter
EFC 3610 / EFC 5610 Series
Operating Instructions
R912005854
Edition 02
Bosch Rexroth AG EFC x610 Series
Record of Revision
Edition Release Date Notes
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT01-EN-P 2014.10
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P 2014.12
First release
New functions
Version Matching Table
Firmware
01V20
Operating Instructions
Edition 02
Quick Start Guide
Edition 02
Finished Product
AB1
Copyright
© Bosch Rexroth (Xi'an) Electric Drives and Controls Co., Ltd. 2014
This document, as well as the data, specifications and other information set forth in it, are the exclusive property of Bosch Rexroth (Xi'an) Electric Drives and Controls Co., Ltd. It may not be reproduced or given to third parties without its consent.
Liability
The specified data is intended for product description purposes only and shall not be deemed to be a guaranteed characteristic unless expressly stipulated in the contract. All rights are reserved with respect to the content of this documentation and the availability of the product.
RS-d33581b237a10e320a6846a50131ac32-2-en-US-11
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Deutsch English Français
Lebensgefahr bei
Nichtbeachtung der nachstehenden
Sicherheitshinweise!
Nehmen Sie die Produkte erst dann in Betrieb, nachdem Sie die mit dem
Produkt gelieferten Unterlagen und
Sicherheitshinweise vollständig durchgelesen, verstanden und beachtet haben.
Sollten Ihnen keine Unterlagen in
Ihrer Landessprache vorliegen, wenden Sie sich an Ihren zuständigen Rexroth-
Vertriebspartner.
Nur qualifiziertes Personal darf an
Antriebskomponenten arbeiten.
Nähere Erläuterungen zu den
Sicherheitshinweisen entnehmen Sie
Kapitel 1 dieser Dokumentation.
Danger to life in case of non‑compliance with the below-mentioned safety instructions!
Do not attempt to install or put these products into operation until you have completely read, understood and observed the documents supplied with the product.
If no documents in your language were supplied, please consult your
Rexroth sales partner.
Only qualified persons may work with drive components.
For detailed explanations on the safety instructions, see chapter 1 of this documentation.
Danger de mort en cas de non‑respect des consignes de sécurité figurant ciaprès !
Ne mettez les produits en service qu’après avoir lu complètement et après avoir compris et respecté les documents et les consignes de sécurité fournis avec le produit.
Si vous ne disposez pas de la documentation dans votre langue, merci de consulter votre partenaire
Rexroth.
Seul un personnel qualifié est autorisé
à travailler sur les composants d’entraînement.
Vous trouverez des explications plus détaillées relatives aux consignes de sécurité au chapitre 1 de la présente documentation.
Hohe elektrische
Spannung! Lebensgefahr durch elektrischen Schlag!
Betreiben Sie Antriebskomponenten nur mit fest installiertem
Schutzleiter.
Schalten Sie vor Zugriff auf
Antriebskomponenten die
Spannungsversorgung aus.
Beachten Sie die Entladezeiten von
Kondensatoren.
Gefahrbringende
Bewegungen! Lebensgefahr!
Halten Sie sich nicht im
Bewegungsbereich von Maschinen und Maschinenteilen auf.
Verhindern Sie den unbeabsichtigten
Zutritt für Personen.
Bringen Sie vor dem Zugriff oder
Zutritt in den Gefahrenbereich die
Antriebe sicher zum Stillstand.
Only operate drive components with a permanently installed equipment grounding conductor.
Disconnect the power supply before accessing drive components.
Observe the discharge times of the capacitors.
High electrical voltage! Danger to life by electric shock!
Tensions
électriques élevées ! Danger de mort par électrocution !
N’exploitez les composants d’entraînement que si un conducteur de protection est installé de manière permanente.
Avant d’intervenir sur les composants d’entraînement, coupez toujours la tension d’alimentation.
Tenez compte des délais de décharge de condensateurs.
Dangerous movements! Danger to life!
Keep free and clear of the ranges of motion of machines and moving machine parts.
Prevent personnel from accidentally entering the range of motion of machines.
Make sure that the drives are brought to safe standstill before accessing or entering the danger zone.
Mouvements entraînant une situation dangereuse ! Danger de mort !
Ne séjournez pas dans la zone de mouvement de machines et de composants de machines.
Évitez tout accès accidentel de personnes.
Avant toute intervention ou tout accès dans la zone de danger, assurez-vous de l’arrêt préalable de tous les entraînements.
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
I
Bosch Rexroth AG EFC x610 Series
Deutsch
Elektromagnetische / magnetische
Felder! Gesundheitsgefahr für
Personen mit Herzschrittmachern, metallischen Implantaten oder
Hörgeräten!
Zutritt zu Bereichen, in denen
Antriebskomponenten montiert und betrieben werden, ist für oben genannten Personen untersagt bzw.
nur nach Rücksprache mit einem
Arzt erlaubt.
Heiße Oberflächen
(> 60 °C)! Verbrennungsgefahr!
Vermeiden Sie das Berühren von metallischen Oberflächen (z. B.
Kühlkörpern). Abkühlzeit der
Antriebskomponenten einhalten
(mind. 15 Minuten).
Unsachgemäße
Handhabung bei Transport und
Montage! Verletzungsgefahr!
Verwenden Sie geeignete Montageund Transporteinrichtungen.
Benutzen Sie geeignetes Werkzeug und persönliche Schutzausrüstung.
Unsachgemäße
Handhabung von Batterien!
Verletzungsgefahr!
Versuchen Sie nicht, leere Batterien zu reaktivieren oder aufzuladen
(Explosions- und Verätzungsgefahr).
Zerlegen oder beschädigen Sie keine
Batterien. Werfen Sie Batterien nicht ins Feuer.
English
Electromagnetic / magnetic fields! Health hazard for persons with heart pacemakers, metal implants or hearing aids!
The above-mentioned persons are not allowed to enter areas in which drive components are mounted and operated, or rather are only allowed to do this after they consulted a doctor.
Français
Champs
électromagnétiques / magnétiques !
Risque pour la santé des porteurs de stimulateurs cardiaques, d’implants métalliques et d’appareils auditifs !
L’accès aux zones où sont montés et exploités les composants d’entraînement est interdit aux personnes susmentionnées ou bien ne leur est autorisé qu’après consultation d’un médecin.
Hot surfaces
(> 60 °C [140 °F])! Risk of burns!
Do not touch metallic surfaces (e.g.
heat sinks). Comply with the time required for the drive components to cool down (at least 15 minutes).
Surfaces chaudes
(> 60 °C)! Risque de brûlure !
Évitez de toucher des surfaces métalliques (p. ex. dissipateurs thermiques). Respectez le délai de refroidissement des composants d’entraînement (au moins 15 minutes).
Improper handling during transport and mounting! Risk of injury!
Use suitable equipment for mounting and transport.
Use suitable tools and personal protective equipment.
Manipulation incorrecte lors du transport et du montage ! Risque de blessure !
Utilisez des dispositifs de montage et de transport adéquats.
Utilisez des outils appropriés et votre
équipement de protection personnel.
Improper handling of batteries! Risk of injury!
Do not attempt to reactivate or recharge low batteries (risk of explosion and chemical burns).
Do not dismantle or damage batteries. Do not throw batteries into open flames.
Manipulation incorrecte de piles! Risque de blessure!
N’essayez pas de réactiver des piles vides ou de les charger (risque d’explosion et de brûlure par acide).
Ne désassemblez et n’endommagez pas les piles. Ne jetez pas des piles dans le feu.
II
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Español
¡Peligro de muerte en caso de no observar las siguientes indicaciones de seguridad!
Los productos no se pueden poner en servicio hasta después de haber leído por completo, comprendido y tenido en cuenta la documentación y las advertencias de seguridad que se incluyen en la entrega.
Si no dispusiera de documentación en el idioma de su país, diríjase a su distribuidor competente de Rexroth.
Solo el personal debidamente cualificado puede trabajar en componentes de accionamiento.
Encontrará más detalles sobre las indicaciones de seguridad en el capítulo 1 de esta documentación.
¡Alta tensión eléctrica! ¡Peligro de muerte por descarga eléctrica!
Active sólo los componentes de accionamiento con el conductor protector firmemente instalado.
Desconecte la alimentación eléctrica antes de manipular los componentes de accionamiento.
Tenga en cuenta los tiempos de descarga de los condensadores.
¡Movimientos peligrosos! ¡Peligro de muerte!
No permanezca en la zona de movimiento de las máquinas ni de sus piezas.
Impida el acceso accidental de personas.
Antes de acceder o introducir las manos en la zona de peligro, los accionamientos se tienen que haber parado con seguridad.
Português Italiano
Perigo de vida em caso de inobservância das seguintes instruções de segurança!
Utilize apenas os produtos depois de ter lido, compreendido e tomado em consideração a documentação e as instruções de segurança fornecidas juntamente com o produto.
Se não tiver disponível a documentação na sua língua, dirijase ao seu parceiro de venda responsável da Rexroth.
Apenas pessoal qualificado pode trabalhar nos componentes de acionamento.
Explicações mais detalhadas relativamente às instruções de segurança constam no capítulo 1 desta documentação.
Pericolo di morte in caso di inosservanza delle seguenti indicazioni di sicurezza!
Mettere in funzione i prodotti solo dopo aver letto, compreso e osservato per intero la documentazione e le indicazioni di sicurezza fornite con il prodotto.
Se non dovesse essere presente la documentazione nella vostra lingua, siete pregati di rivolgervi al rivenditore
Rexroth competente.
Solo personale qualificato può eseguire lavori sui componenti di comando.
Per ulteriori spiegazioni riguardanti le indicazioni di sicurezza consultare il capitolo 1 di questa documentazione.
Alta tensão elétrica!
Perigo de vida devido a choque elétrico!
Opere componentes de acionamento apenas com condutores de proteção instalados.
Desligue a alimentação de tensão antes de aceder aos componentes de acionamento.
Respeite os períodos de descarga dos condensadores.
Alta tensione elettrica! Pericolo di morte in seguito a scosse elettriche!
Mettere in esercizio i componenti di comando solo con conduttore di messa a terra ben installato.
Staccare l'alimentazione prima di intervenire sui componenti di comando.
Osservare i tempi di scarica del condensatore.
Movimenti pericolosi! Pericolo di morte!
Non sostare nelle zone di manovra delle macchine e delle loro parti.
Impedire un accesso non autorizzato per le persone.
Prima di accedere alla zona di pericolo, arrestare e bloccare gli azionamenti.
de forma segura.
Movimentos perigosos! Perigo de vida!
Não permaneça na área de movimentação das máquinas e das peças das máquinas.
Evite o acesso involuntário para pessoas.
Antes de entrar ou aceder à área perigosa, imobilize os acionamentos
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
III
Bosch Rexroth AG EFC x610 Series
¡Campos electromagnéticos/magnéticos!
¡Peligro para la salud de las personas con marcapasos, implantes metálicos o audífonos!
El acceso de las personas arriba mencionadas a las zonas de montaje o funcionamiento de los componentes de accionamiento está prohibido, salvo que lo autorice previamente un médico.
quemaduras!
Español
¡Superficies calientes (> 60 °C)! ¡Peligro de
Evite el contacto con las superficies calientes (p. ej., disipadores de calor). Observe el tiempo de enfriamiento de los componentes de accionamiento (mín. 15 minutos).
Português Italiano
Campos eletromagnéticos / magnéticos!
Perigo de saúde para pessoas com marcapassos, implantes metálicos ou aparelhos auditivos!
Acesso às áreas, nas quais os componentes de acionamento são montados e operados, é proibido para as pessoas em cima mencionadas ou apenas após permissão de um médico.
apparecchi acustici!
Campi elettromagnetici / magnetici! Pericolo per la salute delle persone portatrici di pacemaker, protesi metalliche o
L'accesso alle zone in cui sono installati o in funzione componenti di comando è vietato per le persone sopra citate o consentito solo dopo un colloquio con il medico.
Superfícies quentes
(> 60 °C)! Perigo de queimaduras!
Evite tocar superfícies metálicas (p.
ex. radiadores). Respeite o tempo de arrefecimento dos componentes de acionamento (mín. 15 minutos).
Superfici bollenti
(> 60 °C)! Pericolo di ustioni!
Evitare il contatto con superfici metalliche (ad es. dissipatori di calore). Rispettare i tempi di raffreddamento dei componenti di comando (almeno 15 minuti).
¡Manipulación inadecuada en el transporte y montaje! ¡Peligro de lesiones!
Utilice dispositivos de montaje y de transporte adecuados.
Utilice herramientas adecuadas y equipo de protección personal.
No trate de reactivar o cargar pilas descargadas (peligro de explosión y cauterización).
No desarme ni dañe las pilas. No tire las pilas al fuego.
¡Manejo inadecuado de las pilas! ¡Peligro de lesiones!
ferimentos!
Manejo incorreto no transporte e montagem! Perigo de
Utilize dispositivos de montagem e de transporte adequados.
Utilize ferramentas e equipamento de proteção individual adequados.
Manejo incorreto de baterias! Perigo de ferimentos!
Não tente reativar nem carregar baterias vazias (perigo de explosão e de queimaduras com ácido).
Não desmonte nem danifique as baterias. Não deite as baterias no fogo.
Manipolazione inappropriata durante il trasporto e il montaggio! Pericolo di lesioni!
Utilizzare dispositivi di montaggio e trasporto adatti.
Utilizzare attrezzi adatti ed equipaggiamento di protezione personale.
Utilizzo inappropriato delle batterie! Pericolo di lesioni!
Non tentare di riattivare o ricaricare batterie scariche (pericolo di esplosione e corrosione).
Non scomporre o danneggiare le batterie. Non gettare le batterie nel fuoco.
IV
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Svenska
Livsfara om följande säkerhetsanvisningar inte följs!
Använd inte produkterna innan du har läst och förstått den dokumentation och de säkerhetsanvisningar som medföljer produkten, och följ alla anvisningar.
Kontakta din Rexroth-återförsäljare om dokumentationen inte medföljer på ditt språk.
Endast kvalificerad personal får arbeta med drivkomponenterna.
Se kapitel 1 i denna dokumentation för närmare beskrivningar av säkerhetsanvisningarna.
spänning! Livsfara genom elchock!
Använd endast drivkomponenterna med fastmonterad skyddsledare.
Koppla bort spänningsförsörjningen före arbete på drivkomponenter.
Var medveten om kondensatorernas urladdningstid.
Hög elektrisk
Farliga rörelser!
Livsfara!
Uppehåll dig inte inom maskiners och maskindelars rörelseområde.
Förhindra att obehöriga personer får tillträde.
Innan du börjar arbeta eller vistas inom drivsystemets riskområde måste maskinen vara stillastående.
Dansk Nederlands
Livsfare ved manglende overholdelse af nedenstående sikkerhedsanvisninger!
Tag ikke produktet i brug, før du har læst og forstået den dokumentation og de sikkerhedsanvisninger, som følger med produktet, og overhold de givne anvisninger.
Kontakt din Rexroth-forhandler, hvis dokumentationen ikke medfølger på dit sprog.
Det er kun kvalificeret personale, der må arbejde på drive components.
Nærmere forklaringer til sikkerhedsanvisningerne fremgår af kapitel 1 i denne dokumentation.
Levensgevaar bij niet-naleving van onderstaande veiligheidsinstructies!
Stel de producten pas in bedrijf nadat u de met het product geleverde documenten en de veiligheidsinformatie volledig gelezen, begrepen en in acht genomen heeft.
Mocht u niet beschikken over documenten in uw landstaal, kunt u contact opnemen met uw plaatselijke
Rexroth distributiepartner.
Uitsluitend gekwalificeerd personeel mag aan de aandrijvingscomponenten werken.
Meer informatie over de veiligheidsinstructies vindt u in hoofdstuk 1 van deze documentatie.
Elektrisk højspænding! Livsfare på grund af elektrisk stød!
Drive components må kun benyttes med et fast installeret jordstik.
Sørg for at koble spændingsforsyningen fra, inden du rører ved drive components.
Overhold kondensatorernes afladningstider.
bevægelser! Livsfare!
Du må ikke opholde dig inden for maskiners og maskindeles bevægelsesradius.
Sørg for, at ingen personer kan få utilsigtet adgang.
Stands drevene helt, inden du rører ved drevene eller træder ind i deres fareområde.
Farlige door elektrische schok!
Hoge elektrische spanning! Levensgevaar
Bedien de aandrijvingscomponenten uitsluitend met vast geïnstalleerde aardleiding.
Schakel voor toegang tot aandrijvingscomponenten de spanningsvoorziening uit.
Neem de ontlaadtijden van condensatoren in acht.
bewegingen! Levensgevaar!
Risicovolle
Houdt u niet op in het bewegingsbereik van machines en machineonderdelen.
Voorkom dat personen onbedoeld toegang verkrijgen.
Voor toegang tot de gevaarlijke zone moeten de aandrijvingen veilig tot stilstand gebracht zijn.
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
V
Bosch Rexroth AG EFC x610 Series
Svenska
Elektromagnetiska/ magnetiska fält! Hälsofara för personer med pacemaker, implantat av metall eller hörapparat!
Det är förbjudet för ovan nämnda personer (eller kräver överläggning med läkare) att beträda områden där drivkomponenter är monterade och i drift.
Dansk
Elektromagnetiske/magnetiske felter! Sundhedsfare for personer med pacemakere, metalliske implantater eller høreapparater!
For disse personer er der adgang forbudt eller kun adgang med tilladelse fra læge til de områder, hvor drive components monteres og drives.
hantering av batterier! Skaderisk!
Försök inte återaktivera eller ladda upp batterier (risk för explosioner och frätskador).
Batterierna får inte tas isär eller skadas. Släng inte batterierna i elden.
Varma ytor
(> 60 °C)! Risk för brännskador!
Undvik att vidröra metallytor (t.ex.
kylelement). Var medveten om att det tar tid för drivkomponenterna att svalna (minst 15 minuter).
Felaktig hantering vid transport och montering! Skaderisk!
Använd passande monterings- och transportanordningar.
Använd lämpliga verktyg och personlig skyddsutrustning.
Felaktig
Varme overflader
(> 60 °C)! Risiko for forbrændinger!
Undgå at berøre metaloverflader
(f.eks. køleelementer). Overhold drive components nedkølingstid
(min. 15 min.).
Benyt egnede monterings- og transportanordninger.
Benyt egnet værktøj og personligt sikkerhedsudstyr.
Fejlhåndtering af batterier! Risiko for kvæstelser!
Forsøg ikke at genaktivere eller oplade tomme batterier
(eksplosions- og ætsningsfare).
Undlad at skille batterier ad eller at beskadige dem. Smid ikke batterier ind i åben ild.
Fejlhåndtering ved transport og montering! Risiko for kvæstelser!
Nederlands
Elektromagnetische / magnetische velden! Gevaar voor de gezondheid van personen met pacemakers, metalen implantaten of hoorapparaten!
Toegang tot gebieden, waarin aandrijvingscomponenten worden gemonteerd en bediend, is verboden voor voornoemde personen of uitsluitend toegestaan na overleg met een arts.
Hete oppervlakken (> 60 °C)!
Verbrandingsgevaar!
Voorkom contact met metalen oppervlakken (bijv. Koellichamen).
Afkoeltijd van de aandrijvingscomponenten in acht nemen (min. 15 minuten).
Onjuist gebruik bij transport en montage!
Letselgevaar!
Gebruik geschikte montage- en transportinrichtingen.
Gebruik geschikt gereedschap en een persoonlijke veiligheidsuitrusting.
Onjuist gebruik van batterijen! Letselgevaar!
Probeer nooit lege batterijen te reactiveren of op te laden
(explosiegevaar en gevaar voor beschadiging van weefsel door cauterisatie).
Batterijen niet demonteren of beschadigen. Nooit batterijen in het vuur werpen.
VI
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Suomi Polski Český
Näiden turvaohjeiden noudattamatta jättämisestä on seurauksena hengenvaara!
Ota tuote käyttöön vasta sen jälkeen, kun olet lukenut läpi tuotteen mukana toimitetut asiakirjat ja turvallisuusohjeet, ymmärtänyt ne ja ottanut ne huomioon.
Jos asiakirjoja ei ole saatavana omalla äidinkielelläsi, ota yhteys asianomaiseen Rexrothin myyntiedustajaan.
Käyttölaitteiden komponenttien parissa saa työskennellä ainoastaan valtuutettu henkilöstö.
Lisätietoa turvaohjeista löydät tämän dokumentaation luvusta 1.
Zagrożenie życia w razie nieprzestrzegania poniższych wskazówek bezpieczeństwa!
Nie uruchamiać produktów przed uprzednim przeczytaniem i pełnym zrozumieniem wszystkich dokumentów dostarczonych wraz z produktem oraz wskazówek bezpieczeństwa. Należy przestrzegać wszystkich zawartych tam zaleceń.
W przypadku braku dokumentów w
Państwa języku, prosimy o skontaktowanie się z lokalnym partnerem handlowym Rexroth.
Przy zespołach napędowych może pracować wyłącznie wykwalifikowany personel.
Bliższe objaśnienia wskazówek bezpieczeństwa znajdują się w
Rozdziale 1 niniejszej dokumentacji.
Nebezpečí života v případě nedodržení níže uvedených bezpečnostních pokynů!
Před uvedením výrobků do provozu si přečtěte kompletní dokumentaci a bezpečnostní pokyny dodávané s výrobkem, pochopte je a dodržujte.
Nemáte-li k dispozici podklady ve svém jazyce, obraťte se na příslušného obchodního partnera
Rexroth.
Na komponentách pohonu smí pracovat pouze kvalifikovaný personál.
Podrobnější vysvětlení k bezpečnostním pokynům naleznete v kapitole 1 této dokumentace.
Käytä käyttölaitteen komponentteja ainoastaan maadoitusjohtimen ollessa kiinteästi asennettuna.
Katkaise jännitteensyöttö ennen käyttölaitteen komponenteille suoritettavien töiden aloittamista.
Huomioi kondensaattoreiden purkausajat.
Voimakas sähköjännite! Sähköiskun aiheuttama hengenvaara!
Wysokie napięcie elektryczne! Zagrożenie życia w wyniku porażenia prądem!
Zespoły napędu mogą być eksploatowane wyłącznie z zainstalowanym na stałe przewodem ochronnym.
Przed uzyskaniem dostępu do podzespołów napędu należy odłączyć zasilanie elektryczne.
Zwracać uwagę na czas rozładowania kondensatorów.
Vysoké elektrické napětí! Nebezpečí života při zasažení elektrickým proudem!
Komponenty pohonu smí být v provozu pouze s pevně nainstalovaným ochranným vodičem.
Než začnete zasahovat do komponent pohonu, odpojte je od elektrického napájení.
Dodržujte vybíjecí časy kondenzátorů.
Vaarallisia liikkeitä!
Hengenvaara!
Älä oleskele koneiden tai koneenosien liikealueella.
Pidä huolta siitä, ettei muita henkilöitä pääse alueelle vahingossa.
Pysäytä käyttölaitteet varmasti ennen vaara-alueelle koskemista tai menemistä.
Niebezpieczne ruchy! Zagrożenie życia!
Nie wolno przebywać w obszarze pracy maszyny i jej elementów.
Nie dopuszczać osób niepowołanych do obszaru pracy maszyny.
Przed dotknięciem urządzenia/ maszyny lub zbliżeniem się do obszaru zagrożenia należy zgodnie z zasadami bezpieczeństwa wyłączyć napędy.
Nebezpečné pohyby! Nebezpečí života!
Nezdržujte se v dosahu pohybu strojů a jejich součástí.
Zabraňte náhodnému přístupu osob.
Před zásahem nebo vstupem do nebezpečného prostoru bezpečně zastavte pohony.
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
VII
Bosch Rexroth AG EFC x610 Series
Suomi Polski Český
Sähkömagneettisia/magneettisia kenttiä! Terveydellisten haittojen vaara henkilöille, joilla on sydämentahdistin, metallinen implantti tai kuulolaite!
Yllä mainituilta henkilöiltä on pääsy kielletty alueille, joilla asennetaan tai käytetään käyttölaitteen komponentteja, tai heidän on ensin saatava tähän suostumus lääkäriltään.
Kuumia pintoja
(> 60 °C)! Palovammojen vaara!
Vältä metallipintojen koskettamista
(esim. jäähdytyslevyt). Noudata käyttölaitteen komponenttien jäähtymisaikoja (väh. 15 minuuttia).
Epäasianmukainen käsittely kuljetuksen ja asennuksen yhteydessä! Loukkaantumisvaara!
Käytä soveltuvia asennus- ja kuljetuslaitteita.
Käytä omia työkaluja ja henkilökohtaisia suojavarusteita.
Paristojen epäasianmukainen käsittely!
Loukkaantumisvaara!
Älä yritä saada tyhjiä paristoja toimimaan tai ladata niitä uudelleen
(räjähdys- ja syöpymisvaara).
Älä hajota paristoja osiin tai vaurioita niitä. Älä heitä paristoja tuleen.
słuchowymi!
Pola elektromagnetyczne / magnetyczne!
Zagrożenie zdrowia dla osób z rozrusznikiem serca, metalowymi implantami lub aparatami
Wstęp na teren, gdzie odbywa się montaż i eksploatacja napędów jest dla ww. osób zabroniony względnie dozwolony po konsultacji z lekarzem.
naslouchadly!
Elektromagnetická/ magnetická pole! Nebezpečí pro zdraví osob s kardiostimulátory, kovovými implantáty nebo
Výše uvedené osoby mají zakázán přístup do prostorů, kde jsou montovány a používány komponenty pohonu, resp. ho mají povolen pouze po poradě s lékařem.
Gorące powierzchnie (> 60 °C)!
Niebezpieczeństwo poparzenia!
Unikać kontaktu z powierzchniami metalowymi (np. radiatorami).
Przestrzegać czasów schładzania podzespołów napędów (min. 15 minut).
Niewłaściwe obchodzenie się podczas transportu i montażu! Ryzyko urazu!
Stosować odpowiednie urządzenia montażowe i transportowe.
Stosować odpowiednie narzędzia i środki ochrony osobistej.
(> 60 °C)! Nebezpečí popálení!
Nedotýkejte se kovových povrchů
(např. chladicích těles). Dodržujte dobu ochlazení komponent pohonu
(min. 15 minut).
Horké povrchy
Nesprávné zacházení při přepravě a montáži!
Nebezpečí zranění!
Používejte vhodná montážní a dopravní zařízení.
Používejte vhodné nářadí a osobní ochranné vybavení.
Niewłaściwe obchodzenie się z bateriami! Ryzyko urazu!
Nie próbować reaktywować i nie ładować zużytych baterii
(niebezpieczeństwo wybuchu oraz poparzenia żrącą substancją).
Nie demontować i nie niszczyć baterii. Nie wrzucać baterii do ognia.
Nesprávné zacházení s bateriemi! Nebezpečí zranění!
Nepokoušejte se znovu aktivovat nebo dobíjet prázdné baterie (nebezpečí výbuchu a poleptání).
Nerozebírejte ani nepoškozujte baterie. Neházejte baterie do ohně.
VIII
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Slovensko Slovenčina Română
Rexroth.
dokumentaciji.
Življenjska nevarnost pri neupoštevanju naslednjih napotkov za varnost!
Izdelke začnite uporabljati šele, ko v celoti preberete, razumete in upoštevate izdelkom priloženo dokumentacijo in varnostne napotke.
Če priložena dokumentacija ni na voljo v vašem maternem jeziku, se obrnite na pristojnega distributerja
Samo kvalificirano osebje sme delati na pogonskih komponentah.
Podrobnejša pojasnila o varnostnih navodilih najdete v poglavju 1 v tej
Nevarni premiki!
Življenjska nevarnost!
Ne zadržujte se v območju delovanja strojev.
Preprečite nenadzorovan dostop oseb.
Pred prijemom ali dostopom v nevarno območje varno zaustavite vse gnane dele.
Nebezpečenstvo ohrozenia života pri nedodržiavaní nasledujúcich bezpečnostných pokynov!
Výrobky uvádzajte do prevádzky až potom, čo ste úplne prečítali, pochopili a zobrali do úvahy podklady a bezpečnostné pokyny dodané s výrobkom.
Ak by ste nemali k dispozícii žiadne podklady v jazyku svojej krajiny, obráťte sa prosím na svojho príslušného predajcu Rexroth.
Na komponentoch pohonu smie pracovať iba kvalifikovaný personál.
Bližšie vysvetlenia k bezpečnostným pokynom zistite z kapitoly 1 tejto dokumentácie.
Pericol de moarte în cazul nerespectării următoarelor instrucţiuni de siguranţă!
Punerea în funcţiune a produselor trebuie efectuată după citirea,
înţelegerea şi respectarea documentelor şi instrucţiunilor de siguranţă, care sunt livrate împreună cu produsele.
În cazul în care documentele nu sunt
în limba dumneavoastră maternă, vă rugăm să contactaţi partenerul de vânzări Rexroth.
Numai un personal calificat poate lucra cu componentele de acţionare.
Explicaţii detaliate privind instrucţiunile de siguranţă găsiţi în capitolul 1 al acestei documentaţii.
Visoka električna napetost! Življenjska nevarnost zaradi električnega udara!
Pogonske komponente uporabljajte samo s fiksno nameščenim zaščitnim vodnikom.
Pred dostopom do pogonske komponente odklopite napajanje.
Upoštevajte čase praznjenja kondenzatorjev.
Vysoké elektrické napätie! Nebezpečenstvo ohrozenia života v dôsledku zásahu elektrickým prúdom!
Komponenty pohonu prevádzkujte iba s pevne nainštalovaným ochranným vodičom.
Pred prístupom na komponenty pohonu odpojte zdroj napätia.
Rešpektujte časy vybitia kondenzátorov.
Tensiune electrică înaltă! Pericol de moarte prin electrocutare!
Exploataţi componentele de acţionare numai cu împământarea instalată permanent.
Înainte de intervenţia asupra componentelor de acţionare, deconectaţi alimentarea cu tensiune electrică.
Ţineţi cont de timpii de descărcare ai condensatorilor.
Pohyby prinášajúce nebezpečenstvo!
Nebezpečenstvo ohrozenia života!
Nezdržiavajte sa v oblasti pohybu strojov a častí strojov.
Zabráňte nepovolanému prístupu osôb.
Pred zásahom alebo prístupom do nebezpečnej oblasti uveďte pohony bezpečne do zastavenia.
Mişcări periculoase! Pericol de moarte!
Nu staţionaţi în zona de mişcare a maşinilor şi a componentelor în mişcare a maşinilor.
Împiedicaţi accesul neintenţionat al persoanelor în zona de lucru a maşinilor.
Înainte de intervenţia sau accesul în zona periculoasă, opriţi în siguranţă componentele de acţionare.
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
IX
Bosch Rexroth AG EFC x610 Series
Nepravilno ravnanje z baterijami! Nevarnost poškodb!
Ne poskušajte ponovno aktivirati ali napolniti praznih baterij (Nevarnost zaradi eksplozij ali jedkanja).
Ne razstavljajte ali poškodujte nobenih baterij. Baterij ne mečite v ogenj.
Slovensko
Elektromagnetna / magnetna polja!
Nevarnost za zdravje za osebe s spodbujevalniki srca, kovinskimi vsadki ali slušnimi aparati!
Dostop do območij, v katerih so nameščene delujoče pogonske komponente, je za zgoraj navedene osebe prepovedan oz. dovoljen samo po posvetu z zdravnikom.
Vroče površine
(> 60 °C)! Nevarnost opeklin!
Izogibajte se stiku s kovinskimi površinami (npr. hladilnimi telesi).
Upoštevajte čas hlajenja pogonskih komponent (najm. 15 minut).
Elektromagnetické/magnetické polia!
Nebezpečenstvo pre zdravie osôb s kardiostimulátormi, kovovými implantátmi alebo načúvacími prístrojmi!
Prístup k oblastiam, v ktorých sú namontované a prevádzkujú sa komponenty pohonu, je pre hore uvedené osoby zakázaný resp. je dovolený iba po konzultácii s lekárom.
Câmpuri electromagnetice / magnetice! Pericol pentru sănătatea persoanelor cu stimulatoare cardiace, implanturi metalice sau aparate auditive!
Intrarea în zone, în care se montează sau se exploatează componente de acţionare, este interzisă pentru persoanele sus numite respectiv este permisă numai cu acordul medicului.
Horúce povrchy (> 60 °C)! Nebezpečenstvo popálenia!
Zabráňte kontaktu s kovovými povrchmi (napr. chladiacimi telesami). Dodržiavajte čas vychladenia komponentov pohonu
(min. 15 minút).
Suprafeţe fierbinţi
(> 60 °C)! Pericol de arsuri!
Nu atingeţi suprafeţele metalice (de ex. radiatoare de răcire). Respectaţi timpii de răcire ai componentelor de acţionare (min. 15 minute).
Nestrokovno ravnanje med transportom in namestitvijo!
Nevarnost poškodb!
Uporabljajte ustrezne pripomočke za nameščanje in transport.
Uporabite ustrezno orodje in osebno zaščitno opremo.
poranenia!
Slovenčina transportné zariadenia.
ochranné prostriedky.
Neodborná manipulácia pri transporte a montáži! Nebezpečenstvo
Používajte vhodné montážne a
Používajte vhodné náradie a osobné
Neodborná manipulácia s batériami!
Nebezpečenstvo poranenia!
Nepokúšajte sa reaktivovať alebo nabíjať prázdne batérie
(nebezpečenstvo výbuchu a poleptania).
Batérie nerozoberajte ani nepoškodzujte. Nehádžte batérie do ohňa.
Română
Manipulare necorespunzătoare la transport şi montaj! Pericol de vătămare!
Utilizaţi dispozitive adecvate de montaj şi transport.
Folosiţi instrumente corespunzătoare şi echipament personal de protecţie.
Manipulare necorespunzătoare a bateriilor!
Pericol de vătămare!
Nu încercaţi să reactivaţi sau să
încărcaţi bateriile goale (pericol de explozie şi pericol de arsuri).
Nu dezasamblaţi şi nu deterioraţi bateriile. Nu aruncaţi bateriile în foc.
X
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Magyar Български Latviski alábbi biztonsági útmutatások figyelmen kívül hagyása
életveszélyes helyzethez vezethet!
Üzembe helyezés előtt olvassa el,
értelmezze, és vegye figyelembe a csomagban található dokumentumban foglaltakat és a biztonsági útmutatásokat.
Amennyiben a csomagban nem talál az Ön nyelvén írt dokumentumokat, vegye fel a kapcsolatot az illetékes
Rexroth-képviselővel.
A hajtás alkatrészein kizárólag képzett személy dolgozhat.
A biztonsági útmutatókkal
Az kapcsolatban további magyarázatot ennek a dokumentumnak az első fejezetében találhat.
Опасност за живота при неспазване на посочените по-долу инструкции за безопасност!
Използвайте продуктите след като сте се запознали подробно с приложената към продукта документация и указания за безопасност, разбрали сте ги и сте се съобразили с тях.
Ако текстът не е написан на Вашия език, моля обърнете се към Вашия компетентен търговски представител на Rexroth.
Със задвижващите компоненти трябва да работи само квалифициран персонал.
Подробни пояснения към инструкциите за безопасност можете да видите в Глава 1 на тази документация.
A hajtás alkatrészeit csak véglegesen telepített védővezetővel
üzemeltesse!
Mielőtt hozzányúl a hajtás alkatrészeihez, kapcsolja ki az
áramellátást.
Ügyeljen a kondenzátorok kisülési idejére!
Magas elektromos feszültség! Életveszély
áramütés miatt!
Veszélyes mozgás! Életveszély!
Ne tartózkodjon a gépek és a gépalkatrészek mozgási területén belül!
Illetéktelen személyeket ne engedjen a gép közelébe!
Mielőtt beavatkozik, vagy a veszélyes zónába belép a hajtásokat biztonságosan állítsa le.
електрическо напрежение!
Високо
Опасност за живота от удар от електрически ток!
Работете със задвижващите компоненти само при здраво закрепен заземяващ проводник.
Преди работа по задвижващите компоненти, изключете захранващото напрежение.
Обърнете внимание на времето за разреждане на кондензаторите.
Опасни движения! Опасност за живота!
Не стойте в обсега на движение на машините и частите на машините.
Не допускайте непреднамерен достъп на хора.
Преди работа или влизане в опасната зона, спрете надеждно приводния механизъм.
Turpinājumā doto drošības norādījumu neievērošana var apdraudēt dzīvību!
Sāciet lietot izstrādājumu tikai pēc tam, kad esat pilnībā izlasījuši, sapratuši un ņēmuši vērā kopā ar izstrādājumu piegādātos dokumentus.
Ja dokumenti nav pieejami Jūsu valsts valodā, vērsieties pie pilnvarotā
Rexroth izplatītāja.
Darbus pie piedziņas komponentiem drīkst veikt tikai kvalificēts personāls.
Detalizētus paskaidrojumus attiecībā uz drošības norādījumiem skatiet šī dokumenta 1. nodaļā.
Augsts elektriskais spriegums! Dzīvības apdraudējums elektriskā trieciena dēļ!
Piedziņas komponentus darbiniet tikai ar fiksēti uzstādītu zemējumvadu.
Pirms darba pie piedziņas komponentiem atslēdziet elektroapgādi.
Ņemiet vērā kondensatoru izlādes laikus.
Bīstamas kustības! Dzīvības apdraudējums!
Neuzturieties mašīnu un mašīnas detaļu kustību zonā.
Novērsiet nepiederošu personu piekļūšanu.
Pirms darba bīstamajās zonās pilnībā apstādiniet piedziņu.
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
XI
Bosch Rexroth AG EFC x610 Series
Magyar Български Latviski
Elektromágneses / mágneses mező!
Káros hatással lehet a szívritmusszabályozó készülékkel, fémbeültetéssel vagy hallókészülékkel rendelkezők egészségére!
Azokra a területekre, ahol hajtások alkatrészeit szerelik és üzemeltetik, a fent említett személyeknek tilos a belépés, illetve csak orvosi konzultációt követően szabad az adott területekre lépniük.
Електромагнитни / магнитни полета! Опасност за здравето на хора със сърдечни стимулатори, метални импланти или слухови апарати!
Достъпът за гореспоменатите лица до зони, в които ще се монтират и ще работят задвижващи компоненти се забранява, или разрешава само след консултация с лекар.
(> 60 °C)! Égésveszély!
Ne érjen hozzá fémfelületekhez (pl.
hűtőtestekhez)! Vegye figyelembe a hajtás alkatrészeinek kihűlési idejét
(min. 15 perc)!
Forró felületek
Elektromagnētiskais / magnētiskais lauks! Veselības apdraudējums personām ar sirds stimulatoriem, metāliskiem implantiem vai dzirdes aparātiem!
Tuvošanās zonām, kurās tiek montēti un darbināti piedziņas komponenti, iepriekš minētajām personām ir aizliegta, respektīvi, atļauta tikai pēc konsultēšanās ar ārstu.
Горещи повърхности (> 60 °C)! Опасност от изгаряне!
Не докосвайте метални повърхности (например радиатори). Съблюдавайте времето на охлаждане на задвижващите компоненти (мин.
15 минути).
Karstas virsmas
(> 60 °C)! Apdedzināšanās risks!
Neskarieties pie metāliskām virsmām
(piemēram, dzesētāja). Ļaujiet piedziņas komponentiem atdzist (min.
15 minūtes).
kezelés szállításkor és szereléskor!
Sérülésveszély!
Akkumulátorok szakszerűtlen kezelése!
Sérülésveszély!
Üres akkumulátorokat ne aktiváljon
újra, illetve ne töltsön fel (robbanás-
és marásveszély)!
Az akkumulátorokat ne szedje szét,
és ne rongálja meg! Az akkumulátort ne dobja tűzbe!
Szakszerűtlen
A megfelelő beszerelési és szállítási eljárásokat alkalmazza!
Használjon megfelelő szerszámokat
és személyes védőfelszerelést!
Неправилно боравене по време на транспорт и монтаж!Опасност от нараняване!
Използвайте подходящо монтажно и транспортно оборудване.
Използвайте подходящи инструменти и лични предпазни средства.
Неправилно боравене с батерии! Опасност от нараняване!
Не се опитвайте да активирате отново или да зареждате разредени батерии (Опасност от експлозия и напръскване с агресивен агент).
Не разглобявайте и не повреждайте батерии. Не хвърляйте батерии в огън.
gūšanas risks!
Nepareizi veikta transportēšana un montāža! Traumu
Izmantojiet piemērotas montāžas un transportēšanas ierīces.
Izmantojiet piemērotus instrumentus un individuālos aizsardzības līdzekļus.
Nepareiza bateriju lietošana! Traumu gūšanas risks!
Nemēģiniet no jauna aktivizēt vai uzlādēt tukšas baterijas (eksploziju un ķīmisko apdegumu draudi).
Neizjauciet un nesabojājiet baterijas.
Nemetiet baterijas ugunī.
XII
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Lietuviškai
Pavojus gyvybei nesilaikant toliau pateikiamų saugumo nurodymų!
Naudokite gaminį tik kruopščiai perskaitę prie jo pridėtus aprašus, saugumo nurodymus. Susipažinkite su jais ir vadovaukitės naudodami gaminį.
Jei Jūs negavote aprašo gimtąja kalba, kreipkitės į įgaliotus Rexroth atstovus.
Prie pavaros komponentų leidžiama dirbti tik kvalifikuotam personalui.
Išsamesnius saugumo nurodymų paaiškinimus rasite šios dokumentacijos 1 skyriuje.
smūgio!
Aukšta elektros įtampa! Pavojus gyvybei dėl elektros
Pavaros komponentus eksploatuokite tik su fiksuotai instaliuotu apsauginiu laidu.
Prieš prieidami prie pavaros komponentų išjunkite maitinimo įtampą.
Atsižvelkite į kondensatorių išsikrovimo trukmę.
Pavojingi judesiai!
Pavojus gyvybei!
Nebūkite mašinų ar jų dalių judėjimo zonoje.
Neleiskite netyčia patekti asmenims.
Prieš patekdami į pavojaus zoną saugiai išjunkite pavaras.
Eesti Ελληνικά
Alljärgnevate ohutusjuhiste eiramine on eluohtlik!
Võtke tooted käiku alles siis, kui olete toodetega kaasasolevad materjalid ning ohutusjuhised täielikult läbi lugenud, neist aru saanud ja neid järginud.
Kui Teil puuduvad emakeelsed materjalid, siis pöörduge Rexrothi kohaliku müügiesinduse poole.
Ajamikomponentidega tohib töötada
üksnes kvalifitseeritud personal.
Täpsemaid selgitusi ohutusjuhiste kohta leiate käesoleva dokumentatsiooni peatükist 1.
Kõrge elektripinge!
Eluohtlik elektrilöögi tõttu!
Käitage ajamikomponente üksnes püsivalt installeeritud maandusega.
Lülitage enne ajamikomponentidega tööde alustamist toitepinge välja.
Järgige kondensaatorite mahalaadumisaegu.
Κίνδυνος
θανάτου σε περίπτωση μη
συμμόρφωσης με τις παρακάτω οδηγίες
ασφαλείας!
Θέστε το προϊόν σε λειτουργία αφού
διαβάσετε, κατανοήσετε και λάβετε
υπόψη το σύνολο των οδηγιών
ασφαλείας που το συνοδεύουν.
Εάν δεν υπάρχει τεκμηρίωση στη
γλώσσα σας, απευθυνθείτε σε
εξουσιοδοτημένο αντιπρόσωπο της
Rexroth.
Μόνο εξειδικευμένο προσωπικό
επιτρέπεται να χειρίζεται στοιχεία
μετάδοσης κίνησης.
Περαιτέρω επεξηγήσεις των οδηγιών
ασφαλείας διατίθενται στο κεφάλαιο 1
της παρούσας τεκμηρίωσης.
Υψηλή
ηλεκτρική τάση! Κίνδυνος θανάτου από
ηλεκτροπληξία!
Θέτετε σε λειτουργία τα στοιχεία
μετάδοσης κίνησης μόνο εφόσον έχει
τοποθετηθεί καλά προστατευτικός
αγωγός γείωσης.
Πριν από οποιαδήποτε παρέμβαση,
αποσυνδέστε την τροφοδοσία των
στοιχείων μετάδοσης κίνησης.
Λάβετε υπόψη τους χρόνους
αποφόρτισης των πυκνωτών.
Ohtlikud liikumised!
Eluohtlik!
Ärge viibige masina ja masinaosade liikumispiirkonnas.
Tõkestage inimeste ettekavatsematu sisenemine masina ja masinaosade liikumispiirkonda.
Tagage ajamite turvaline seiskamine enne ohupiirkonda juurdepääsu või sisenemist.
τάσεις! Κίνδυνος θανάτου!
Επικίνδυνες
Μην στέκεστε στην περιοχή κίνησης
μηχανημάτων και εξαρτημάτων.
Αποτρέπετε την τυχαία είσοδο ατόμων.
Πριν από την παρέμβαση ή πρόσβαση
στην περιοχή κινδύνου, μεριμνήστε για
την ασφαλή ακινητοποίηση των
συστημάτων μετάδοσης κίνησης.
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
XIII
Bosch Rexroth AG EFC x610 Series
Lietuviškai Eesti Ελληνικά
Elektromagnetiniai / magnetiniai laukai! Pavojus asmenų su širdies stimuliatoriais, metaliniais implantais arba klausos aparatais sveikatai!
Prieiga prie zonų, kuriose montuojami ir eksploatuojami pavaros komponentai, aukščiau nurodytiems asmenims yra draudžiama arba leistina tik pasitarus su gydytoju.
Elektromagnetilised / magnetilised väljad! Terviseohtlik südamestimulaatorite, metallimplantaatide ja kuulmisseadmetega inimestele!
Sisenemine piirkondadesse, kus toimub ajamikomponentide monteerimine ja käitamine, on
ülalnimetatud isikutele keelatud või lubatud üksnes pärast arstiga konsulteerimist.
pavojus!
Karšti paviršiai (> 60 °C)! Nudegimo
Venkite liesti metalinius paviršius
(pvz., radiatorių). Išlaikykite pavaros komponentų atvėsimo trukmę (bent
15 minučių).
välispinnad (> 60 °C)! Põletusoht!
Vältige metalsete välispindade (nt radiaatorid) puudutamist. Pidage kinni ajamikomponentide mahajahtumisajast (vähemalt 15 minutit).
Kuumad
Ηλεκτρομαγνητικά/μαγνητικά πεδία!
Κίνδυνος για την υγεία ατόμων με
καρδιακούς βηματοδότες, μεταλλικά
εμφυτεύματα ή συσκευές ακοής!
Η είσοδος σε περιοχές όπου
πραγματοποιείται συναρμολόγηση και
λειτουργία στοιχείων μετάδοσης
κίνησης απαγορεύεται στα
προαναφερθέντα άτομα, εκτός αν τους έχει δοθεί σχετική άδεια κατόπιν
συνεννόησης με γιατρό.
Καυτές επιφάνειες
(> 60 °C)! Κίνδυνος εγκαύματος!
Αποφεύγετε την επαφή με μεταλλικές
επιφάνειες (π.χ. μονάδες ψύξης).
Λάβετε υπόψη το χρόνο ψύξης των
στοιχείων μετάδοσης κίνησης
(τουλάχιστον 15 λεπτά).
Netinkamas darbas transportuojant ir montuojant! Susižalojimo pavojus!
Naudokite tinkamus montavimo ir transportavimo įrenginius.
Naudokite tinkamus įrankius ir asmens saugos priemones.
pavojus!
išėsdinimo pavojus).
Netinkamas darbas su baterijomis! Susižalojimo
Nebandykite tuščių baterijų reaktyvuoti arba įkrauti (sprogimo ir
Neardykite ir nepažeiskite baterijų.
Nemeskite baterijų į ugnį.
Asjatundmatu käsitsemine transportimisel ja montaažil! Vigastusoht!
Kasutage sobivaid montaaži- ja transpordiseadiseid.
Kasutage sobivaid tööriistu ja isiklikku kaitsevarustust.
Ακατάλληλος
χειρισμός κατά τη μεταφορά και
συναρμολόγηση! Κίνδυνος
τραυματισμού!
Χρησιμοποιείτε κατάλληλους
μηχανισμούς συναρμολόγησης και
μεταφοράς.
Χρησιμοποιείτε κατάλληλα εργαλεία και
ατομικό εξοπλισμό προστασίας.
Patareide asjatundmatu käsitsemine!
Vigastusoht!
Ärge üritage kunagi tühje patareisid reaktiveerida või täis laadida
(plahvatus- ja söövitusoht).
Ärge demonteerige ega kahjustage patareisid. Ärge visake patareisid tulle.
Ακατάλληλος
χειρισμός μπαταριών! Κίνδυνος
τραυματισμού!
Μην επιδιώκετε να ενεργοποιήσετε
ξανά ή να φορτίσετε κενές μπαταρίες
(κίνδυνος έκρηξης και διάβρωσης).
Μην διαλύετε ή καταστρέφετε τις
μπαταρίες. Μην απορρίπτετε τις
μπαταρίες στη φωτιά.
XIV
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
中文
如果不按照下述指定的安全说明使用，将会导致人身伤害！
在没有
阅读，理解随本产品附带的文件并熟知正当使用前，不要安装或使用本产品。
如果没有您所在国家官方
语言文件说明，请与 Rexroth 销售伙伴联系。
只允
许有资格人员对驱动器部件进行操作。
安全
说明的详细解释在本文档的第一章。
高电压！电击导致生命危险！
只有在安装了永久良好的
设备接地导线后才可以对驱动器的部件进行操作。
在接触
驱动器部件前先将驱动器部件断电。
确保
电容放电时间。
危险运动！生命危险！
保
证设备的运动区域内和移动部件周围无障碍物。
防止人
员意外进入设备运动区域内。
在接近或
进入危险区域之前，确保传动设备安全停止。
电磁场/磁场！对佩戴心脏起搏器、金属植入物和助听器的人员会造成严重的人身伤害 !
上述人
员禁止进入安装及运行的驱动器区域，或者必须事先咨询医生。
热表面（大于 60 度）！灼伤风险！
不要触摸金属表面（例如散
热器）。驱动器部件断电后需要时间进行冷却（至少 15 分钟）。
安装和运输不当导致受伤危险！当心受伤！
使用适当的运
输和安装设备。
使用适合的工具及用适当的防
护设备。
电池操作不当！受伤风险！
请勿对低电量电池重新激活或重新充电（爆炸和腐蚀的危险）。
请勿拆解或损坏电池。请勿将电池投入明火中。
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
XV
Bosch Rexroth AG EFC x610 Series
XVI
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Page
1
1.1
1.2
1.3
Safety Instructions for Electric Drives and Controls.............................. 1
Explanation of Signal Words and the Safety Alert Symbol.................... 3
General Information............................................................................... 4
1.3.1 Using the Safety Instructions and Passing Them on to Others.............. 4
1.4
Instructions with Regard to Specific Dangers....................................... 7
1.4.1 Protection Against Contact With Electrical Parts and Housings............ 7
1.4.2 Protective Extra-Low Voltage as Protection Against Electric Shock ...... 8
1.4.3 Protection Against Dangerous Movements............................................ 8
1.4.5 Protection Against Contact with Hot Parts.......................................... 11
1.4.6 Protection During Handling and Mounting........................................... 11
2
2.1
2.2
3
3.1
3.2
Important Directions for Use............................................................... 12
Inappropriate Use................................................................................ 12
Documentation Information................................................................. 13
About this Documentation................................................................... 13
4
4.1
Delivery and Storage............................................................................ 14
Product Identification.......................................................................... 14
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
Transport of the Components.............................................................. 16
Storage of the Components................................................................. 16
5
Drive System Overview........................................................................ 17
6
6.1
Frequency Converter Overview............................................................ 18
Product Features................................................................................. 18
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
XVII
Bosch Rexroth AG
Table of Contents
EFC x610 Series
Page
6.1.4 SVC Control Performance.................................................................... 18
6.2
Derating and ambient temperature...................................................... 22
Derating and mains voltage................................................................. 23
Derating and carrier frequency............................................................ 24
7
7.1
7.2
Frequency Converter Mounting............................................................ 25
Installation Conditions......................................................................... 25
7.3
7.4
Figures and Dimensions....................................................................... 28
8
8.1
8.2
Frequency Converter Wiring................................................................ 31
Cable Specifications............................................................................ 32
Cable specification for international without USA / Canada............... 32
Cable specification for USA / Canada.................................................. 33
8.3
Power Terminals Figure........................................................................ 34
Power Terminals Description............................................................... 35
Notes on DC-bus terminals.................................................................. 36
Control terminals figure....................................................................... 40
XVIII
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Table of Contents
Page
Control terminals description.............................................................. 41
Digital input X1...X5 NPN / PNP wiring................................................ 43
Digital output DO1a, DO1b load pull-up / pull-down wiring................ 44
Analog input terminals (AI1, AI2, +10 V, +5 V, Earth and GND)............ 44
Notes on DC_IN terminal...................................................................... 45
9
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)................................................. 46
9.1
EMC Requirements.............................................................................. 46
9.1.2 Noise Immunity in the Drive System.................................................... 46
Basic structure for noise immunity...................................................... 46
9.1.3 Noise Emission of the Drive System.................................................... 49
9.2
9.3
Ensuring the EMC Requirements......................................................... 53
EMC Measures for Design and Installation.......................................... 55
9.3.2 EMC-optimal Installation in Facility and Control Cabinet.................... 57
9.3.4 Design and Installation in Area A – Interference-free Area of Control
9.3.5 Design and Installation in Area B – Interference-susceptible Area of
9.3.6 Design and Installation in Area C – Strongly Interference-susceptible
Area of Control Cabinet....................................................................... 63
9.3.8 Installing Signal Lines and Signal Cables............................................. 65
9.3.9 General Measures of Radio Interference Suppression for Relays,
Contactors, Switches, Chokes and Inductive Loads............................ 66
10
Operating Panel and Dust Cover......................................................... 67
10.1
10.2
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
XIX
Bosch Rexroth AG
Table of Contents
EFC x610 Series
Page
10.3
10.4
10.5
Operating Descriptions........................................................................ 70
10.6
Fast Access to Parameters with Button Combinations........................ 71
10.7
Digit Shifting Function for Modification of Parameter Values.............. 72
11
11.1
Checklist before Quick Start................................................................ 73
11.1.1 Step 1: Check application conditions.................................................. 73
11.1.2 Step 2: Check mounting conditions..................................................... 73
11.2
Quick Start Parameters....................................................................... 74
11.3
Control the Motor................................................................................ 75
11.4
Motor Parameters Auto-Tuning............................................................. 76
11.5
Possible Errors during Quick Start and Respective Solutions............. 77
11.6
Restoring Parameters to Factory Defaults........................................... 77
12
Functions and Parameters................................................................... 78
12.1
12.1.1 Parameter Group Access Control........................................................ 78
12.2
Input and Output Terminals Configuration.......................................... 82
12.2.5 Analog Output Configuration............................................................... 89
12.3
Power Stage Configuration.................................................................. 91
12.3.5 Fan Maintenance Reminder.................................................................. 94
12.4
Basic Frequency Setting Sources......................................................... 95
12.4.2 Select the Frequency Setting Source................................................... 96
XX
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Table of Contents
Page
Frequency setting source switching..................................................... 97
Frequency setting sources combination.............................................. 98
Adjust the setting frequency by panel potentiometer.......................... 99
Adjust the setting frequency by panel button...................................... 99
Adjust the setting frequency by analog input AI1, AI2....................... 100
Adjust the setting frequency by X5 pulse input................................. 100
Adjust the setting frequency by digital input Up / Down command.. 101
Adjust the setting frequency by multi-speed function....................... 103
12.4.3 Acceleration and Deceleration Configuration.................................... 110
Acceleration and deceleration time configuration............................. 110
Acceleration and deceleration curve mode configuration................. 111
12.4.4 Output Frequency Limitation............................................................. 113
Direct output frequency limitation..................................................... 113
Behavior at low speed running.......................................................... 113
12.5
Run- / Stop- / Direction Command Source........................................ 116
12.5.2 Run Command Source....................................................................... 117
First and second run command source configuration....................... 117
Switch between first and second run command source.................... 117
Stop command via panel <Stop> button............................................ 117
Direction control via operation panel................................................ 118
Direction change dead time............................................................... 119
Start mode selection......................................................................... 120
DC-braking before start..................................................................... 121
Start with speed capture................................................................... 122
Automatic start / stop according to setting frequency...................... 123
Stop mode setting............................................................................. 125
DC-braking during deceleration to stop............................................. 126
Overexcitation braking....................................................................... 127
12.6
Special Running Behaviors................................................................. 130
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
XXI
Bosch Rexroth AG
Table of Contents
EFC x610 Series
Page
12.6.3 2-wire / 3-wire Control (Forward / stop, reverse / stop)................... 134
2-wire control mode 1........................................................................ 134
2-wire control mode 2 (Forward / reverse, run / stop)...................... 135
3-wire control mode 1........................................................................ 136
3-wire control mode 2........................................................................ 137
12.7
Special Functions............................................................................... 139
12.7.4 High Resolution Current Display........................................................ 143
12.8
12.8.2 Set the Simple PLC Mode.................................................................. 145
12.8.3 Set Speed / Direction / Acceleration and Deceleration Time............ 146
12.8.4 Stop and Pause Simple PLC Control................................................. 148
12.8.5 Indication of Simple PLC Status........................................................ 149
12.9
12.9.2 Selecting the Reference and Feedback.............................................. 152
12.9.3 Control Loop Configuration............................................................... 153
12.9.4 PID Regulation Mode Setting............................................................. 154
12.9.5 PID Deactivation by Digital Input....................................................... 155
12.9.6 PID Engineering Value Display........................................................... 155
12.9.9 Pump Protection Function................................................................. 159
Overload pre-warning........................................................................ 161
Stall overvoltage prevention.............................................................. 162
Stall overcurrent prevention.............................................................. 163
Phase loss protection........................................................................ 165
Analog Input Broken Wire Detection.................................................. 165
12.10.2 Reaction to External Error Signals..................................................... 166
Motor derating frequency at low speed............................................. 167
Motor thermal protection without temperature sensor..................... 168
XXII
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Table of Contents
Page
Motor overload pre-warning............................................................... 168
Motor thermal protection with temperature sensor.......................... 169
12.10.5 Power Fault Ride-through Setting...................................................... 172
Nameplate parameters configuration................................................ 173
Motor slip frequency configuration.................................................... 174
Motor parameter auto-tuning............................................................. 175
V/f curve selection............................................................................. 177
User-defined V/f curve configuration................................................. 178
Slip compensation factor configuration............................................. 180
Torque boost setting.......................................................................... 181
Optimization functions for V/f control............................................... 184
SVC control loop configuration.......................................................... 186
Speed control mode.......................................................................... 186
Torque control mode......................................................................... 187
13
13.1
Display of LED Characters................................................................. 191
13.2
13.3
Warning Code.................................................................................... 191
13.4
13.4.1 Error 1 (OC-1): Overcurrent at Constant Speed................................ 192
13.4.2 Error 2 (OC-2): Overcurrent during Acceleration............................... 192
13.4.3 Error 3 (OC-3): Overcurrent during Deceleration.............................. 193
13.4.4 Error 4 (OE-1): Overvoltage at Constant Speed................................ 193
13.4.5 Error 5 (OE-2): Overvoltage during Acceleration............................... 193
13.4.6 Error 6 (OE-3): Overvoltage during Deceleration............................... 194
13.4.7 Error 7 (OE-4): Overvoltage during Stop........................................... 194
13.4.8 Error 8 (UE-1): Undervoltage during Run........................................... 194
13.4.9 Error 9 (SC): Current Surge or Short Circuit..................................... 194
13.4.10 Error 10 (IPH.L): Input Phase Loss.................................................... 195
13.4.11 Error 11 (OPH.L): Output Phase Loss............................................... 195
13.4.13 Error 20 (OL-1): Converter Overload.................................................. 196
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
XXIII
Bosch Rexroth AG
Table of Contents
EFC x610 Series
Page
13.4.14 Error 21 (OH): Converter over Temperature...................................... 196
13.4.15 Error 22 (UH): Converter under Temperature.................................... 196
13.4.18 Error 30 (OL-2): Motor Overload........................................................ 197
13.4.19 Error 31 (Ot): Motor over Temperature............................................. 197
13.4.20 Error 32 (t-Er): Motor Parameter Tuning Error................................... 198
13.4.21 Error 38 (AibE): Analog Input Broken Wire Detection........................ 198
13.4.22 Error 40 (dir1): Forward Running Lock Error..................................... 198
13.4.23 Error 41 (dir2): Reverse Running Lock Error..................................... 198
13.4.24 Error 42 (E-St): Terminal Error Signal................................................ 198
13.4.25 Error 43 (FFE-): Firmware Version Mismatch..................................... 199
13.4.26 Error 44 (rS-): Modbus Communication Error................................... 199
13.4.27 Error 50 (idE-): Converter Internal Error............................................ 199
13.4.28 Error 55 (PbrE): Parameter Backup / Restore Error.......................... 199
13.5
13.5.3 Error Reset by X1…X5 Digital Input................................................... 202
14
Communication.................................................................................. 203
14.1
Brief Introduction.............................................................................. 203
14.2
Basic Communication Settings.......................................................... 203
14.2.1 Selection of the Communication Protocol......................................... 203
14.2.2 Setting the Data Transmission Rate................................................... 203
14.2.5 Setting Command Signal Type........................................................... 204
14.2.6 Communication Disruption and Response........................................ 205
14.3
Modbus Protocol................................................................................ 206
Brief introduction.............................................................................. 206
14.3.3 Modbus Function and Message Format............................................. 208
Supported functions.......................................................................... 208
Function example............................................................................... 210
Function 0x06: Write one register word............................................. 211
XXIV
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Table of Contents
Page
Function 0x08: Diagnostics................................................................ 212
Function 0x10: Write N register words, range: 1...16........................ 213
Function 0x17: Read/Write N register words, range: 1...16............... 213
Error code and exception code.......................................................... 215
14.3.4 Communication Mapping Register Address Distribution................... 216
Frequency converter parameter registers.......................................... 216
Communication control registers....................................................... 217
Communication state feedback registers (0x7FA0)........................... 218
14.3.5 Modbus Communication Example..................................................... 219
14.3.7 Communication Networking.............................................................. 221
Recommendations on networking..................................................... 221
15
15.1
Optional Accessories......................................................................... 222
15.2
External EMC Filter............................................................................ 223
15.3
External Brake Resistor...................................................................... 230
15.3.2 Brake Resistor Selection for Braking Ratio of 10 %........................... 231
15.3.3 Brake Resistor Selection for Braking Ratio of 20 %........................... 232
15.4
Shielded Cable Connector................................................................. 233
15.5
Panel Mounting Plate......................................................................... 235
15.5.2 Recommended Opening Dimensions at Control Cabinet.................. 235
15.5.3 Mounting the Plate and the Operating Panel..................................... 236
15.6
Communication Cable for Control Cabinet........................................ 238
16
16.1
Safety Instructions............................................................................. 239
16.2
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
XXV
Bosch Rexroth AG
Table of Contents
EFC x610 Series
Page
16.3
Periodic Inspection............................................................................ 240
16.4
Removable Components Maintenance............................................... 241
16.4.2 Disassembly of the Operating Panel.................................................. 242
17
Service and support.......................................................................... 244
18
Environmental protection and disposal ............................................ 245
18.1
Environmental protection.................................................................. 245
18.2
19
19.1
Appendix I: Abbreviations.................................................................. 247
19.2
Appendix II: Type Coding................................................................... 248
19.2.1 Frequency Converter Type Coding..................................................... 248
19.2.2 Operating Panel Type Coding............................................................ 249
19.2.3 External EMC Filter Type Coding....................................................... 250
19.2.4 Panel Mounting Plate Type Coding.................................................... 251
19.2.5 Communication Cable for Control Cabinet Type Coding................... 251
19.2.6 Engineering Software Type Coding.................................................... 252
19.3
Appendix III: Parameter List............................................................... 253
19.3.1 Terminology and Abbreviation in Parameter List............................... 253
19.3.3 Group C: Power Parameters.............................................................. 254
C0: Power control parameters........................................................... 254
C1: Motor and system parameters..................................................... 256
C2: V/f control parameters................................................................ 257
C3: Vector control parameters........................................................... 258
19.3.4 Group E: Function Control Parameters.............................................. 259
E0: Set point and control parameters................................................ 259
E1: Input terminal parameters........................................................... 262
E2: Output terminal parameters........................................................ 265
E3: Multi-speed and simple PLC parameters..................................... 267
E4: PID control parameters................................................................ 269
E5: Extended function parameters.................................................... 270
E8: Standard communication parameters.......................................... 271
E9: Protection and error parameters................................................. 271
XXVI
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Table of Contents
Page
19.3.5 Group U: Panel Parameters................................................................ 273
U0: General panel parameters........................................................... 273
U1: Seven-segment panel parameters............................................... 273
19.3.6 Group d0: Monitoring Parameters..................................................... 274
19.4
Appendix IV: Certification.................................................................. 275
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
XXVII
Bosch Rexroth AG EFC x610 Series
XXVIII
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Safety Instructions for Electric Drives and Controls
1 Safety Instructions for Electric Drives and Controls
1.1 Definitions of Terms
Documentation
A documentation comprises the entire documentation used to inform the user of the product about the use and safety-relevant features for configuring, integrating, mounting, installing, commissioning, operating, maintaining, repairing and decommissioning the product. The following terms are also used for this kind of documentation: Operating Instructions, Instruction Manual, Commissioning
Manual, Application Description, Assembly Instructions, Project Planning Manual, Safety Notes, Product Insert, etc.
Component
A component is a combination of elements with a specified function, which are part of a piece of equipment, device or system. Components of the electric drive and control system are, for example, supply units, drive controllers, mains choke, mains filter, motors, cables, etc.
Control System
A control system comprises several interconnected control components placed on the market as a single functional unit.
Device
A device is a finished product with a defined function, intended for users and placed on the market as an individual piece of merchandise.
Electrical Equipment
Electrical equipment encompasses all devices used to generate, convert, transmit, distribute or apply electrical energy, such as electric motors, transformers, switching devices, cables, lines, power-consuming devices, circuit board assemblies, plug-in units, control cabinets, etc.
Electric Drive System
An electric drive system comprises all components from mains supply to motor shaft; this includes, for example, electric motor(s), motor encoder(s), supply units and drive controllers, as well as auxiliary and additional components, such as mains filter, mains choke and the corresponding lines and cables.
Installation
An installation consists of several devices or systems interconnected for a defined purpose and on a defined site which, however, are not intended to be placed on the market as a single functional unit.
Machine
A machine is the entirety of interconnected parts or units at least one of which is movable. Thus, a machine consists of the appropriate machine drive elements,
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
1/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Safety Instructions for Electric Drives and Controls
EFC x610 Series as well as control and power circuits, which have been assembled for a specific application. A machine is, for example, intended for processing, treatment, movement or packaging of a material. The term "machine" also covers a combination of machines which are arranged and controlled in such a way that they function as a unified whole.
Manufacturer
The manufacturer is an individual or legal entity bearing responsibility for the design and manufacture of a product which is placed on the market in the individual's or legal entity's name. The manufacturer can use finished products, finished parts or finished elements, or contract out work to subcontractors. However, the manufacturer must always have overall control and possess the required authority to take responsibility for the product.
Product
Examples of a product: Device, component, part, system, software, firmware, among other things.
Qualified Persons
In terms of this application documentation, qualified persons are those persons who are familiar with the installation, mounting, commissioning and operation of the components of the electric drive and control system, as well as with the hazards this implies, and who possess the qualifications their work requires. To comply with these qualifications, it is necessary, among other things,
1) to be trained, instructed or authorized to switch electric circuits and devices safely on and off, to ground them and to mark them
2) to be trained or instructed to maintain and use adequate safety equipment
3) to attend a course of instruction in first aid
User
A user is a person installing, commissioning or using a product which has been placed on the market.
2/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Safety Instructions for Electric Drives and Controls
1.2 Explanation of Signal Words and the Safety Alert Symbol
The Safety Instructions in the available application documentation contain specific signal words (DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION or NOTICE) and, where required, a safety alert symbol (in accordance with ANSI Z535.6-2011).
The signal word is meant to draw the reader's attention to the safety instruction and identifies the hazard severity.
The safety alert symbol (a triangle with an exclamation point), which precedes the signal words DANGER, WARNING and CAUTION, is used to alert the reader to personal injury hazards.
DANGER
In case of non-compliance with this safety instruction, death or serious injury will occur.
WARNING
In case of non-compliance with this safety instruction, death or serious injury could occur.
CAUTION
In case of non-compliance with this safety instruction, minor or moderate injury could occur.
NOTICE
In case of non-compliance with this safety instruction, property damage could occur.
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
3/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Safety Instructions for Electric Drives and Controls
EFC x610 Series
1.3 General Information
1.3.1 Using the Safety Instructions and Passing Them on to Others
Do not attempt to install and operate the components of the electric drive and control system without first reading all documentation provided with the product. Read and understand these safety instructions and all user documentation prior to working with these components. If you do not have the user documentation for the components, contact your responsible Bosch Rexroth sales partner.
Ask for these documents to be sent immediately to the person or persons responsible for the safe operation of the components.
If the component is resold, rented and/or passed on to others in any other form, these safety instructions must be delivered with the component in the official language of the user's country.
Improper use of these components, failure to follow the safety instructions in this document or tampering with the product, including disabling of safety devices, could result in property damage, injury, electric shock or even death.
1.3.2 Requirements for Safe Use
Read the following instructions before initial commissioning of the components of the electric drive and control system in order to eliminate the risk of injury and/or property damage. You must follow these safety instructions.
●
Bosch Rexroth is not liable for damages resulting from failure to observe the safety instructions.
●
●
Read the operating, maintenance and safety instructions in your language before commissioning. If you find that you cannot completely understand the application documentation in the available language, please ask your supplier to clarify.
Proper and correct transport, storage, mounting and installation, as well as care in operation and maintenance, are prerequisites for optimal and safe operation of the component.
●
●
●
●
●
●
Only qualified persons may work with components of the electric drive and control system or within its proximity.
Only use accessories and spare parts approved by Bosch Rexroth.
Follow the safety regulations and requirements of the country in which the components of the electric drive and control system are operated.
Only use the components of the electric drive and control system in the manner that is defined as appropriate. See chapter "Appropriate Use".
The ambient and operating conditions given in the available application documentation must be observed.
Applications for functional safety are only allowed if clearly and explicitly specified in the application documentation "Integrated Safety Technology". If this is not the case, they are excluded. Functional safety is a safety concept in
4/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Safety Instructions for Electric Drives and Controls
●
●
●
●
●
● which measures of risk reduction for personal safety depend on electrical, electronic or programmable control systems.
The information given in the application documentation with regard to the use of the delivered components contains only examples of applications and suggestions.
The machine and installation manufacturers must
– make sure that the delivered components are suited for their individual application and check the information given in this application documentation with regard to the use of the components,
– make sure that their individual application complies with the applicable safety regulations and standards and carry out the required measures, modifications and complements.
Commissioning of the delivered components is only allowed once it is sure that the machine or installation in which the components are installed complies with the national regulations, safety specifications and standards of the application.
Operation is only allowed if the national EMC regulations for the application are met.
The instructions for installation in accordance with EMC requirements can be found in the section on EMC in the respective application documentation.
The machine or installation manufacturer is responsible for compliance with the limit values as prescribed in the national regulations.
●
The technical data, connection and installation conditions of the components are specified in the respective application documentations and must be followed at all times.
National regulations which the user must take into account
●
European countries: In accordance with European EN standards
●
United States of America (USA):
– National Electrical Code (NEC)
– National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA), as well as local engineering regulations
– Regulations of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
Canada: Canadian Standards Association (CSA)
Other countries:
– International Organization for Standardization (ISO)
– International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC)
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
5/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Safety Instructions for Electric Drives and Controls
EFC x610 Series
1.3.3 Hazards by Improper Use
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
High electrical voltage and high working current! Danger to life or serious injury by electric shock!
High electrical voltage by incorrect connection! Danger to life or injury by electric shock!
Dangerous movements! Danger to life, serious injury or property damage by unintended motor movements!
Health hazard for persons with heart pacemakers, metal implants and hearing aids in proximity to electric drive systems!
Risk of burns by hot housing surfaces!
Risk of injury by improper handling! Injury by crushing, shearing, cutting, hitting!
Risk of injury by improper handling of batteries!
Risk of injury by improper handling of pressurized lines!
6/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Safety Instructions for Electric Drives and Controls
1.4 Instructions with Regard to Specific Dangers
1.4.1 Protection Against Contact With Electrical Parts and Housings
This section concerns components of the electric drive and control system with voltages higher than 50 volts.
Contact with parts conducting voltages above 50 volts can cause personal danger and electric shock. When operating components of the electric drive and control system, it is unavoidable that some parts of these components conduct dangerous voltage.
High electrical voltage! Danger to life, risk of injury by electric shock or serious injury!
●
●
●
●
Only qualified persons are allowed to operate, maintain and/or repair the components of the electric drive and control system.
Follow the general installation and safety regulations when working on power installations.
Before switching on, the equipment grounding conductor must have been permanently connected to all electric components in accordance with the connection diagram.
Even for brief measurements or tests, operation is only allowed if the equipment grounding conductor has been permanently connected to the points of the components provided for this purpose.
●
●
●
Before accessing electrical parts with voltage potentials higher than 50 V, you must disconnect electric components from the mains or from the power supply unit. Secure the electric component from reconnection.
With electric components, observe the following aspects:
Always wait 5 minutes after switching off power to allow live capacitors to discharge before accessing an electric component. Measure the electrical voltage of live parts before beginning to work to make sure that the equipment is safe to touch.
Install the covers and guards provided for this purpose before switching on.
●
●
●
●
Never touch electrical connection points of the components while power is turned on.
Do not remove or plug in connectors when the component has been powered.
Under specific conditions, electric drive systems can be operated at mains protected by residual-current-operated circuit-breakers sensitive to universal current (RCDs/RCMs).
Secure built-in devices from penetrating foreign objects and water, as well as from direct contact, by providing an external housing, for example a control cabinet.
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
7/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Safety Instructions for Electric Drives and Controls
EFC x610 Series
High housing voltage and high leakage current! Danger to life, risk of injury by electric shock!
●
Before switching on and before commissioning, ground or connect the components of the electric drive and control system to the equipment grounding conductor at the grounding points.
●
Connect the equipment grounding conductor of the components of the electric drive and control system permanently to the main power supply at all times. The leakage current is greater than 3.5 mA.
1.4.2 Protective Extra-Low Voltage as Protection Against Electric Shock
Protective extra-low voltage is used to allow connecting devices with basic insulation to extra-low voltage circuits.
On components of an electric drive and control system provided by Bosch
Rexroth, all connections and terminals with voltages between 5 and 50 volts are
PELV ("Protective Extra-Low Voltage") systems. It is allowed to connect devices equipped with basic insulation (such as programming devices, PCs, notebooks, display units) to these connections.
Danger to life, risk of injury by electric shock! High electrical voltage by incorrect connection!
If extra-low voltage circuits of devices containing voltages and circuits higher than 50 volts (e.g., the mains connection) are connected to Bosch Rexroth products, the connected extra-low voltage circuits must comply with the requirements for PELV ("Protective Extra-Low Voltage").
1.4.3 Protection Against Dangerous Movements
Dangerous movements can be caused by faulty control of connected motors.
Some common examples are:
●
Improper or wrong wiring or cable connection
●
●
●
●
●
Operator errors
Wrong input of parameters before commissioning
Malfunction of sensors and encoders
Defective components
Software or firmware errors
These errors can occur immediately after equipment is switched on or even after an unspecified time of trouble-free operation.
The monitoring functions in the components of the electric drive and control system will normally be sufficient to avoid malfunction in the connected drives.
Regarding personal safety, especially the danger of injury and/or property damage, this alone cannot be relied upon to ensure complete safety. Until the integrated monitoring functions become effective, it must be assumed in any case
8/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Safety Instructions for Electric Drives and Controls that faulty drive movements will occur. The extent of faulty drive movements depends upon the type of control and the state of operation.
Dangerous movements! Danger to life, risk of injury, serious injury or property damage!
A risk assessment must be prepared for the installation or machine, with its specific conditions, in which the components of the electric drive and control system are installed.
As a result of the risk assessment, the user must provide for monitoring functions and higher-level measures on the installation side for personal safety. The safety regulations applicable to the installation or machine must be taken into consideration. Unintended machine movements or other malfunctions are possible if safety devices are disabled, bypassed or not activated.
To avoid accidents, injury and/or property damage:
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Keep free and clear of the machine’s range of motion and moving machine parts. Prevent personnel from accidentally entering the machine’s range of motion by using, for example:
– Safety fences
– Safety guards
– Protective coverings
– Light barriers
Make sure the safety fences and protective coverings are strong enough to resist maximum possible kinetic energy.
Mount emergency stopping switches in the immediate reach of the operator.
Before commissioning, verify that the emergency stopping equipment works.
Do not operate the machine if the emergency stopping switch is not working.
Prevent unintended start-up. Isolate the drive power connection by means of
OFF switches/OFF buttons or use a safe starting lockout.
Make sure that the drives are brought to safe standstill before accessing or entering the danger zone.
Disconnect electrical power to the components of the electric drive and control system using the master switch and secure them from reconnection
("lock out") for:
– Maintenance and repair work
– Cleaning of equipment
– Long periods of discontinued equipment use
Prevent the operation of high-frequency, remote control and radio equipment near components of the electric drive and control system and their supply leads. If the use of these devices cannot be avoided, check the machine or installation, at initial commissioning of the electric drive and control system, for possible malfunctions when operating such high-frequency, remote control
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
9/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Safety Instructions for Electric Drives and Controls
EFC x610 Series and radio equipment in its possible positions of normal use. It might possibly be necessary to perform a special electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) test.
1.4.4 Protection Against Magnetic and Electromagnetic Fields During
Operation and Mounting
Magnetic and electromagnetic fields generated by current-carrying conductors or permanent magnets of electric motors represent a serious danger to persons with heart pacemakers, metal implants and hearing aids.
Health hazard for persons with heart pacemakers, metal implants and hearing aids in proximity to electric components!
●
Persons with heart pacemakers and metal implants are not allowed to enter the following areas:
●
●
– Areas in which components of the electric drive and control systems are mounted, commissioned and operated.
– Areas in which parts of motors with permanent magnets are stored, repaired or mounted.
If it is necessary for somebody with a heart pacemaker to enter such an area, a doctor must be consulted prior to doing so. The noise immunity of implanted heart pacemakers differs so greatly that no general rules can be given.
Those with metal implants or metal pieces, as well as with hearing aids, must consult a doctor before they enter the areas described above.
10/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Safety Instructions for Electric Drives and Controls
1.4.5 Protection Against Contact with Hot Parts
Hot surfaces of components of the electric drive and control system. Risk of burns!
●
Do not touch hot surfaces of, for example, braking resistors, heat sinks, supply units and drive controllers, motors, windings and laminated cores!
●
●
According to the operating conditions, temperatures of the surfaces can be higher than 60 °C (140 °F) during or after operation.
Before touching motors after having switched them off, let them cool down for a sufficient period of time. Cooling down can require up to 140 minutes!
The time required for cooling down is approximately five times the thermal time constant specified in the technical data.
●
●
●
After switching chokes, supply units and drive controllers off, wait 15 minutes to allow them to cool down before touching them.
Wear safety gloves or do not work at hot surfaces.
For certain applications, and in accordance with the respective safety regulations, the manufacturer of the machine or installation must take measures to avoid injuries caused by burns in the final application. These measures can be, for example: Warnings at the machine or installation, guards (shieldings or barriers) or safety instructions in the application documentation.
1.4.6 Protection During Handling and Mounting
Risk of injury by improper handling! Injury by crushing, shearing, cutting, hitting!
●
Observe the relevant statutory regulations of accident prevention.
●
Use suitable equipment for mounting and transport.
●
●
●
Avoid jamming and crushing by appropriate measures.
Always use suitable tools. Use special tools if specified.
Use lifting equipment and tools in the correct manner.
●
●
●
Use suitable protective equipment (hard hat, safety goggles, safety shoes, safety gloves, for example).
Do not stand under hanging loads.
Immediately clean up any spilled liquids from the floor due to the risk of falling!
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
11/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Important Directions for Use
EFC x610 Series
2 Important Directions for Use
2.1 Appropriate Use
Bosch Rexroth products represent state-of-the-art developments and manufacturing. They are tested prior to delivery to ensure operating safety and reliability.
The products can only be used in the appropriate way. Otherwise, situations resulting in property damage and personal injury may occur.
Bosch Rexroth as manufacturer is not liable for any damages resulting from inappropriate use. In such cases, the guarantee and the right to payment of damages resulting from inappropriate use are forfeited. The user alone carries all responsibility of the risks.
Before using Bosch Rexroth products, make sure that all the pre-requisites for appropriate use of the products are satisfied.
●
Personnel that in any way or form use our products must first read and understand the relevant safety instructions and be familiar with appropriate use.
●
●
If the products take the form of hardware, they must remain in their original state, in other words, no structural changes are permitted.
It is not permitted to decompile software products or alter source codes.
●
●
Do not mount damaged or faulty products or use them in operation.
Make sure that the products have been installed in the manner described in the relevant documentation.
2.2 Inappropriate Use
Using the frequency converters outside of the operating conditions described in this manual and outside of the indicated technical data and specifications is defined as "inappropriate use".
Frequency converters shall not be used under following conditions:
●
●
They are subject to operating conditions that do not meet the specified ambient conditions. These include, for example, operation under water, extreme temperature fluctuations or extremely high temperatures.
Furthermore, the frequency converters shall not be used in applications which have not been expressly authorized by Rexroth. Please carefully follow the specifications outlined in the general Safety Instructions!
12/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Documentation Information
3 Documentation Information
3.1 About this Documentation
This Operating Instructions contains necessary data and information related to the product, which is the basis for any of other types of documentation.
WARNING
Personal injury or property damage caused by incorrect operations of applications, machines and installations!
Do not attempt to install or put the product into operation until you have completely read and understood the descriptions in this documentation!
3.2 Reference
For documentation available in other type or language, please consult your local
Bosch Rexroth sales partner or check www.boschrexroth.com/efcx610 .
Documentation type Short text / Type code Language
Operating Instructions
Quick Start Guide
Safety Instructions
DOK-RCON03-EFC-x610***-ITRS-ZH-P Chinese
DOK-RCON03-EFC-x610***-ITRS-EN-P English
DOK-RCON03-EFC-x610***-QURS-ZH-P Chinese
DOK-RCON03-EFC-x610***-QURS-EN-P English
DOK-RCON**-SAFETY*****-SARS-BP-P Portuguese
DOK-RCON**-SAFETY*****-SARS-DE-P
DOK-RCON**-SAFETY*****-SARS-EN-P
German
English
DOK-RCON**-SAFETY*****-SARS-ES-P
DOK-RCON**-SAFETY*****-SARS-FR-P
DOK-RCON**-SAFETY*****-SARS-IT-P
DOK-RCON**-SAFETY*****-SARS-RU-P
Spanish
French
Italian
Russian
DOK-RCON**-SAFETY*****-SARS-ZH-P Chinese
Instruction Manual (UL) DOK-RCON01-REX*F*UL***-INRS-EN-P English
Material number
R912005853
R912005854
R912005855
R912005856
R911339218
R911339363
R911339362
R911339216
R911339213
R911339215
R911339217
R912004727
R912004711
Tab. 3-1: Documentation overview
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
13/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Delivery and Storage
EFC x610 Series
4 Delivery and Storage
4.1 Product Identification
4.1.1 Packing Nameplate
Check if the model information on the packing nameplate is the same as you ordered immediately after receipt. If the model is wrong, please contact Bosch
Rexroth distributor.
1 Product series
2 Short text / Type code
3 Volume
4 Net weight
5 Material number
6 Product version index
7 Mass weight
Fig. 4-1: Packing nameplate
8 Production week: e.g., 14W20 means week 20 in 2014
9 Bar code
10 Serial number
11 Manufacturer
12 2D code
13 Certification
14/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Delivery and Storage
4.1.2 Product Nameplate
Check if the model information on product nameplate is the same as you ordered immediately after unpacking. If the model is wrong, please contact Bosch
Rexroth distributor.
1 Brand logo
2 Product series
3 Short text / Type code
4 Technical data
Fig. 4-2: Product nameplate
5 Production week: e.g., 14W20 means week 20 in 2014
6 Certification
7 Manufacturer
4.2 Visual Inspection
Check the product for transport damages, e.g. deformation or loose parts, immediately after unpacking. In case of damage, contact the forwarder at once and arrange for a thorough review of the situation.
This is also applicable if the packaging is undamaged.
4.3 Scope of Supply
If any of the following standard supply items is missing, please contact Bosch
Rexroth distributor.
●
Frequency Converter EFC x610 (According to type code)
●
●
●
Safety Instructions (Multi-lingual)
Quick Start Guide
Instruction Manual (UL)
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
15/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Delivery and Storage
EFC x610 Series
4.4 Transport of the Components
Description
Temperature range
Relative humidity
Absolute humidity
Climate category (IEC 721)
Moisture condensation
Icing
Symbol
T a_tran
–
–
–
–
–
Tab. 4-1: Transport conditions
4.5 Storage of the Components
Unit
℃
% g/m 3
–
–
–
Value
-25…70
5…95
1…60
2K3 not allowed not allowed
CAUTION
Damage to the components caused by long storage periods!
A frequency converter contains electrolytic capacitors which may deteriorate during storage.
When storing these components for a long period of time, remember to operate them once a year:
●
●
Run Frequency Converter EFC x610 under power U
LN
for at least 1 hour.
For more information of electrolytic capacitors, please contact service.
Description
Temperature range
Relative humidity
Absolute humidity
Climate category (IEC 721)
Moisture condensation
Icing
Tab. 4-2: Storage conditions
Symbol
T a_store
–
–
–
–
–
Unit
℃
% g/m
3
–
–
–
Value
-20…60
5…95
1…29
1K3 not allowed not allowed
16/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series
5 Drive System Overview
Bosch Rexroth AG
Drive System Overview
Fig. 5-1: Drive system overview
①: To select an appropriate fuse, see
chapter 8.2.1 "Power Cables" on page 32
.
②: Excessively frequent starting and stopping will shorten the life time of relay contacts and DC-bus capacitors, and may destroy the resistor for capacitor charging and current limitation.
③: Whether using an AC output choke or not depends on the factors of: the length, shielding and distribution capacitance of the motor cables, as well as the insulation of the motor.
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
17/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Frequency Converter Overview
EFC x610 Series
6 Frequency Converter Overview
6.1 Product Features
6.1.1 Input
Power supply voltage
Power supply frequency
1P 200...240 VAC (-10 % / +10 %) (IT-Net, TN-Net)
3P 380...480 VAC (-15 % / +10 %) (IT-Net, TN-Net)
50 / 60 Hz (±5 %)
6.1.2 Output
Rated voltage
Rated power
Rated frequency
Default carrier frequency
Carrier frequency range
Efficiency
Overload capability
Corresponding to input voltage
0.4...2.2 kW (1P 200 VAC)
0.4...18.5 kW (3P 400 VAC)
0.00...400.00 Hz
ND: 4 kHz; HD: 6 kHz
1...15 kHz
> 95 %
HD: 150 % of rated current for 60 s
ND: 120 % of rated current for 60 s
6.1.3 V/f Control Performance
V/f curve
Speed regulation range
Start-up torque
Linear mode, square curve mode, user-defined multi-point curve mode
1:50
150 % of rated torque at 3.00 Hz
100 % of rated torque at 1.50 Hz
6.1.4 SVC Control Performance
Speed regulation range
Start-up torque
1:200
200 % of rated torque at 0.50 Hz
18/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Frequency Converter Overview
6.1.5 Main Functions
Frequency setting resolution
Frequency setting accuracy
Acceleration / deceleration curve mode
Stop DC-braking
Jog function
Multi-speed control
Simple PLC control
PID control
Digital input
Analog input
Digital output
Analog output
Other functions
Analog setting: 1/1,000 of maximum frequency
Digital setting: 0.01 Hz
Analog setting: ±0.1 % of maximum frequency (25 ℃ ± 10 ℃)
Digital setting: ±0.01 % of maximum frequency (-10...50 ℃)
Linear, S-curve
8 sets of acceleration / deceleration time: 0.1...6,000.0 s
DC-braking initial frequency: 0.00...50.00 Hz
DC-braking time: 0.0...20.0 s
Stop DC-braking current: 0.0...150.0 %
Jog frequency range: 0.00 Hz…maximum output frequency
Jog acceleration / deceleration time: 0.1…6,000.0 s
16 stages by digital input control
16 stages with pause / stop control
PID control with sleep / wake function
5 digital inputs support PNP and NPN wiring, X5 supports 50.0 kHz pulse input
2 Analog inputs: 0 / 2…10 V or 0 / 4…20 mA
1 Open collector output, supports 32.0 kHz pulse output and pull-up and pull-down wiring
1 Relay output
Analog output 0 / 2...10 V or 0 / 4...20 mA, to output setting frequency, output frequency, output current, output power, output voltage, analog input voltage and analog input current
Carrier frequency automatic adjustment, first and second frequency setting source, slip compensation, torque boost, automatic voltage stabilization, power loss restart, 2-wire / 3-wire control, quick start parameters, parameter replication, output current limitation, power fault ride-through, etc.
6.1.6 Communication
Communication protocol
Communication interface
Modbus
RS485
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
19/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Frequency Converter Overview
EFC x610 Series
6.1.7 Operating Panel
LED panel
Display: Display parameters, settings, status codes, warning codes and error codes
Buttons: Set parameters, switch display, reset warnings, execute run and stop command, increase or decrease parameter group / code / value
Potentiometer: Set frequency
Indicator: Run, FWD, REV
Dust cover Indicating Run, FWD, REV and Power
6.1.8 Protection
Over current protection, over- / under- voltage protection, current surge / short circuit protection, input / output phase loss protection, converter over- / under- temperature protection, motor overload protection, motor over temperature protection, direction lock protection, analog input broken wire detection, etc.
6.1.9 Conditions
Rated ambient temperature
Derating / ambient temperature
Rated storage temperature
Rated altitude
Derating / altitude
Relative humidity
Degrees of protection
Degrees of pollution
Shocking
Mounting mode
Cooling type
Certification
-10...45 ℃
1.5 % / 1 °C (45...55 °C)
-20...60 ℃
≤ 1,000 m
1 % / 100 m (1,000...4,000 m)
≤ 90 % RH (No condensation)
IP 20 (Open type)
2 (EN 50178)
< 5.9 m/s 2 (0.6 G)
Wall mounting, DIN rail mounting
Natural cooling (≤ 0K75)
Enforced air cooling (≥ 1K50)
CE cUL
20/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Frequency Converter Overview
6.2 Technical Data
6.2.1 Electric Data
Model
0K40
0K75
1K50
2K20
Output power
[kW]
0.4
0.75
1.5
2.2
Input current
[A]
6.2
10.1
16.2
22.3
Tab. 6-1: 1P 200 VAC 0K40...2K20 electric data
200 V / 240 V
Output current [A]
2.4 / 2.0
4.1 / 3.4
7.3 / 6.1
10.1 / 8.4
Output capacity
[kVA]
0.8
1.4
2.5
3.5
Model
0K40
0K75
1K50
2K20
3K00
4K00
Output power
[kW]
0.4
0.75
1.5
2.2
3.0
4.0
Tab. 6-2: 3P 400 VAC 0K40...4K00 electric data
Input current
[A]
1.5
2.6
4.8
6.8
9.1
11.9
Model 3K00: ONLY available with EFC 3610.
380 V / 480 V
Output current [A]
1.3 / 1.1
2.3 / 1.8
4.0 / 3.2
5.6 / 4.4
7.4 / 5.9
9.7 / 7.7
Output capacity
[kVA]
0.9
1.5
2.7
3.7
4.9
6.4
Model
5K50
7K50
11K0
15K0
18K5
Output power
[kW]
HD
5.5
7.5
11.0
15.0
18.5
ND
7.5
11.0
15.0
18.5
22.0
Input current
HD
15.7
21.0
28.0
37.8
45.8
[A]
Tab. 6-3: 3P 400 VAC 5K50...18K5 electric data
380 V / 480 V
Output current [A]
Output capacity
ND HD ND HD
21.0
12.7 /10.0 16.8 / 13.3
8.3
28.0
16.8 / 13.3 24.3 / 19.2
11.1
37.8
24.3 / 19.2 32.4 / 25.6
16.0
45.8
32.4 / 25.6 39.2 / 31.0
21.3
52.7
39.2 / 31.0 45.0 / 36.0
25.8
[kVA]
ND
11.1
16.0
21.3
25.8
29.7
ND: Normal Duty, ONLY available with EFC 3610.
HD: Heavy Duty, available with both EFC 3610 and EFC 5610.
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
21/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Frequency Converter Overview
EFC x610 Series
6.2.2 Derating of Electric Data
Derating and ambient temperature
The ambient temperature for Frequency Converter EFC x610 is -10...55 ℃. Out of this range, there will be no possibility to install and run the frequency converter, even the performance data have been additionally reduced.
●
If the ambient temperature is -10...45 ℃, there will be no need for derating.
●
If the ambient temperature is 45...55 ℃, derating must be performed as indicated in the figure below.
f
Ta
Ta_work
Load factor
Ambient temperature range for operation with rated data
Fig. 6-1: Derating and ambient temperature (℃)
Ta_work_red Ambient temperature range for operation with reduced rated data
22/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Frequency Converter Overview
Derating and mains voltage
Reduce overcurrent based on mains voltage.
Frequency Converter EFC x610 is thermally dimensioned for the rated current.
This rated current is available with the specified rated voltage. With deviating voltages in the permissible range, please pay attention to the following:
●
U mains
< U rated
:
●
With mains voltage below the rated voltage, no higher current may be withdrawn to ensure that the dissipated power remains.
U mains
> U rated
:
With mains voltage above the rated voltage, a reduction of the permissible output permanent current takes place to compensate for the increased switching losses.
Fig. 6-2: Derating and mains voltage
●
●
3P 400 VAC: 1 % power derating every 4 V lower than 380 V.
1P 200 VAC: 1 % power derating every 2 V lower than 200 V.
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
23/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Frequency Converter Overview
EFC x610 Series
Derating and carrier frequency
In case of higher carrier frequency, the output current is reduced so that the power dissipation in power section remains more or less constant. The figure below shows the current reduction based on the carrier frequency for the frequency converters:
I / I rated f
PWM
% Percentage of rated output current
PWM or carrier frequency
Fig. 6-3: Derating and carrier frequency
24/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Frequency Converter Mounting
7 Frequency Converter Mounting
7.1 Installation Conditions
The frequency converter must be vertically installed.
If one frequency converter is arranged above another, make sure the upper limit
prevent the rising hot air being drawn into the upper frequency converter if the upper limit of air temperature is exceeded.
Fig. 7-1: Mounting distance and arrangement d hor
: Distance horizontal = 0 mm (allows side-by-side mounting) d top
: Distance top = 125 mm d bot
: Distance bottom = 125 mm
1: Air inlet at frequency converter
2: Air inlet at control cabinet
3: Frequency converter
4: Air outlet at frequency converter
5: Heated air conveying direction
6: Air guide in control cabinet
7: Fan in control cabinet
8: Discharge of heated air
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
25/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Frequency Converter Mounting
EFC x610 Series
7.2 Heat Dissipation
1P 200 VAC
Frame Model
C
D
B
B
0K40
0K75
1K50
2K20
Tab. 7-1: 1P 200 VAC heat dissipation
Rated output current [A]
2.4
4.1
7.3
10.1
[W]
Heat dissipation
[BTU/h]
40
70
120
165
136
256
409
563
3P 400 VAC
Frame Model
C
C
D
B
B
E
F
F
G
D
E
0K40
0K75
1K50
2K20
3K00
4K00
5K50
7K50
11K0
15K0
18K5
Tab. 7-2: 3P 400 VAC heat dissipation
Rated output current [A]
1.3
2.3
4.0
5.6
7.4
9.7
12.7
16.8
24.3
32.4
39.2
Model 3K00: ONLY available with EFC 3610.
[W]
Heat dissipation
[BTU/h]
20
37
75
99
135
180
247
338
462
570
703
68
126
256
338
461
614
843
1,153
1,576
1,945
2,399
26/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Frequency Converter Mounting
7.3 Air Flow of Fans
1P 200 VAC
Frame Model
C
D
B
B
0K40
0K75
1K50
2K20
Tab. 7-3: 1P 200 VAC air flow of fans
Fan for heat sink
[CFM]
[m 3 /min]
–
–
19.20
19.20
–
–
0.54
0.54
Fan for internal components
[CFM]
[m 3 /min]
–
–
21.70
21.70
–
–
0.61
0.61
3P 400 VAC
Frame Model
F
F
E
E
G
C
C
D
D
B
B
0K40
0K75
1K50
2K20
3K00
4K00
5K50
7K50
11K0
15K0
18K5
Tab. 7-4: 3P 400 VAC air flow of fans
Fan for heat sink
[CFM]
[m
3
/min]
–
–
–
–
19.20
19.20
19.20
19.20
0.54
0.54
0.54
0.54
40.00
40.00
56.50
56.50
40.00
1.13
1.13
1.60
1.60
1.13
Fan for internal components
[CFM]
[m
3
/min]
–
–
21.70
21.70
21.70
21.70
32.17
32.17
34.90
34.90
34.90
–
–
0.61
0.61
0.61
0.61
●
●
Model 3K00: ONLY available with EFC 3610.
Quantity of fans
– Each model has only one fan for internal components.
– Each model of 0K40...15K0 has only one fan for heat sink.
– Model 18K5 has TWO fans for heat sink.
0.91
0.91
0.99
0.99
0.99
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
27/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Frequency Converter Mounting
7.4 Figures and Dimensions
7.4.1 Figures
EFC x610 Series
Fig. 7-2: EFC x610 0K40...4K00 dimensions figure
Fig. 7-3: EFC x610 5K50...18K5 dimensions figure
28/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Frequency Converter Mounting
7.4.2 Dimensions
Frame
Model
①
W H
Dimensions [mm]
D
B
B
C
D
0K40
0K75
1K50
2K20
Tab. 7-5: EFC x610 1P 200 VAC dimensions w h d Ø
95 166 167 66 156 159 4.5
95 166 167 66 156 159 4.5
95 206 170 66 196 162 4.5
120 231 175 80 221 167 4.5
Frame model
①
W H
Dimensions [mm]
D w h d Ø
D
D
E
C
C
B
B
F
G
E
F
0K40
0K75
1K50
2K20
3K00
4K00
5K50
7K50
11K0
15K0
18K5
95
95
95
95
120
120
130
130
150
150
165
166
166
206
206
231
231
243
243
283
283
313
167
167
170
170
175
175
233
233
233
233
241
Tab. 7-6: EFC x610 3P 400 VAC dimensions
66
66
66
66
80
80
106
106
125
125
140
156
156
196
196
221
221
228
228
265
265
295
159
159
162
162
167
167
225
225
225
225
233
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
Screw size
②
M4
M4
M4
M4
Net weight
[kg]
1.5
1.5
1.9
2.6
Screw size
②
M4
M4
M4
M4
M4
M4
M6
M6
M6
M6
M6
Net weight
[kg]
1.5
1.5
1.9
1.9
2.6
2.6
3.9
4.3
5.7
6.4
8.0
●
●
●
①
: The complete type code for frequency converter is:
EFCx610-xKxx-xPx-MDA-xx-NNNNN-NNNN, see
chapter 19.2 "Appendix II: Type Coding" on page 248 .
E.g., type code for EFC 5610 5K50 (3P 400 VAC model) is:
EFC5610-5K50-3P4-MDA-7P-NNNNN-NNNN.
Model 3K00: ONLY available with EFC 3610.
②
: 4 screws are needed for wall mounting of EFC x610.
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
29/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Frequency Converter Mounting
EFC x610 Series
7.4.3 DIN Rail Mounting
Besides wall mounting with screws, Frequency Converter EFC x610 also provides DIN rail mounting for models 0K40...7K50.
A Mounting buckle
B Mounting rail
Fig. 7-4: DIN rail mounting and disassembly
C Disassembly handle
Mounting steps:
1: Hold the frequency converter and keep component A and the lower edge of component B at the same position level.
2: Push the frequency converter horizontally till a buckle sound indicates a successful mounting.
Disassembly steps:
3: Pull down component C and hold it.
4: Rotate the frequency converter to an appropriate angle as the arrow indicates.
5: Lift the frequency converter upwards.
30/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series
8 Frequency Converter Wiring
8.1 Wiring Diagram
Bosch Rexroth AG
Frequency Converter Wiring
Fig. 8-1: Wiring diagram
●
●
●
●
●
For cable size, fuse, screw torque, see chapter 8.2 "Cable Specifications" on page 32
.
For terminals, see chapter 8.3 "Terminals" on page 34
.
①: NPN modes, see
fig. 8-11 "Digital input X1...X5 NPN / PNP wiring" on page 43
.
*: Can be disconnected by disassembly of a screw.
Pulse input can ONLY be set via 'Multi-function digital input X5'.
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
31/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Frequency Converter Wiring
EFC x610 Series
8.2 Cable Specifications
8.2.1 Power Cables
Cable specification for international without USA / Canada
●
●
●
●
ONLY USE copper wires of 90 ℃ or above according to
IEC60364-5-52.
It is recommended to use shielded cables to connect the motor.
Model 3K00: ONLY available with EFC 3610.
*: If additional labels available with the terminals of 0K40...7K50, please refer to the torque data on labels.
EFC x610
Model
0K40
0K75
1K50
2K20
Fuse (gG)
[A]
10.0
16.0
25.0
32.0
Power cables installation mode
B1
[mm 2 ]
2.5
2.5
4.0
6.0
B2
[mm
2.5
2.5
4.0
6.0
2 ]
E
[mm 2 ]
2.5
2.5
2.5
4.0
PE Cable
[mm 2 ]
10.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
Torque / Screw
[N·m / lb·in] (Mx)
1.00* / 9.0 (M3)
1.00* / 9.0 (M3)
1.00* / 9.0 (M3)
1.00* / 9.0 (M3)
Tab. 8-1: 1P 200 VAC fuse and cable dimensions for international without USA / Canada
EFC x610
Model
0K40
0K75
1K50
2K20
3K00
4K00
5K50
7K50
11K0
15K0
18K5
Fuse (gG)
[A]
6.0
10.0
10.0
16.0
20.0
20.0
32.0
40.0
50.0
63.0
80.0
Power cables installation mode
B1 B2 E
[mm 2 ] [mm 2 ] [mm 2 ]
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
4.0
4.0
6.0
6.0
10.0
10.0
25.0
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
4.0
4.0
6.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
25.0
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
4.0
6.0
10.0
10.0
16.0
PE Cable
[mm 2 ]
10.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
16.0
Torque / Screw
[N·m / lb·in] (Mx)
1.00* / 9.0 (M3)
1.00* / 9.0 (M3)
1.00* / 9.0 (M3)
1.00* / 9.0 (M3)
1.00* / 9.0 (M3)
1.00* / 9.0 (M3)
1.20* / 10.5 (M4)
1.20* / 10.5 (M4)
1.76 / 15.6 (M4)
1.76 / 15.6 (M4)
3.73 / 33.0 (M5)
Tab. 8-2: 3P 400 VAC fuse and cable dimensions for international without USA / Canada
32/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Frequency Converter Wiring
Cable specification for USA / Canada
EFC x610
Model
0K40
0K75
1K50
2K20
●
●
●
●
ONLY USE copper wires of 75 ℃ or above according to UL 508C.
It is recommended to use shielded cables to connect the motor.
Model 3K00: ONLY available with EFC 3610.
*: If additional labels available with the terminals of 0K40...7K50, please refer to the torque data on labels.
Fuse (Class J)
[A]
10.0
15.0
25.0
30.0
Power cables
[AWG]
14
14
10
10
PE Cable
[AWG]
14
14
10
10
Tab. 8-3: 1P 200 VAC fuse and cable dimensions for USA / Canada
Torque / Screw
[N·m / lb·in] (Mx)
1.00* / 9.0 (M3)
1.00* / 9.0 (M3)
1.00* / 9.0 (M3)
1.00* / 9.0 (M3)
EFC x610
Model
0K40
0K75
1K50
2K20
3K00
4K00
5K50
7K50
11K0
15K0
18K5
Fuse (Class J)
[A]
6
10
10
15
20
20
30
40
50
60
80
Power cables
[AWG]
14
14
14
14
12
12
10
8
8
6
4
Tab. 8-4: 3P 400 VAC fuse and cable dimensions for USA / Canada
PE Cable
[AWG]
12
12
10
8
8
6
6
14
14
14
14
Torque / Screw
[N·m / lb·in] (Mx)
1.00* / 9.0 (M3)
1.00* / 9.0 (M3)
1.00* / 9.0 (M3)
1.00* / 9.0 (M3)
1.00* / 9.0 (M3)
1.00* / 9.0 (M3)
1.20* / 10.5 (M4)
1.20* / 10.5 (M4)
1.76 / 15.6 (M4)
1.76 / 15.6 (M4)
3.73 / 33.0 (M5)
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
33/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Frequency Converter Wiring
EFC x610 Series
8.2.2 Control Cables
The following requirements are applicable to the signal connection wiring:
●
Flexible cables with wire end sleeves
●
●
●
●
Cable cross-section: 0.2...0.75 mm 2
Cable cross-section when using connectors with insulation sleeves:
0.25...0.75 mm 2
Analog inputs AI1, AI2, +10 V, +5 V and GND: use shielded cables
RS485 communication: use shielded twisted pair cables
Recommendations on cable insulation stripping:
Please strip the insulation of control cables according to the dimensions given below. Too long stripping may cause short circuit of adjacent cables; too short stripping may lead to cables becoming loose.
Fig. 8-2: Cable insulation stripping length
8.3 Terminals
8.3.1 Power Terminals
Power Terminals Figure
Fig. 8-3: Power terminals (1P 200 VAC 0K40...2K20)
Fig. 8-4: Power terminals (3P 400 VAC 0K40...4K00)
Fig. 8-5: Power terminals (3P 400 VAC 5K50...18K5)
34/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Frequency Converter Wiring
Power Terminals Description
Terminal
L1, L2
U, V, W
B
(+)
Description
Mains supply input terminals
Converter output terminals
External brake resistor terminal
DC positive bus terminal
Tab. 8-5: 1P 200 VAC power terminals description
Terminal
L1, L2, L3
U, V, W
B
(-)
(+)
Description
Mains supply input terminals
Converter output terminals
External brake resistor terminal
DC negative bus terminal (only available with 5K50...18K5 models)
DC positive bus terminal
Tab. 8-6: 3P 400 VAC power terminals description
Fig. 8-6: Grounding and PE terminals
1: Grounding terminal for mains cables
2: Reserved for PE / shielding adapter (Order additionally)
3: Reserved for PE / shielding adapter (Order additionally)
4: Grounding terminal for motor cables
Fig. 8-7: Connection screw for internal EMC filter
Internal EMC filter must be disconnected in isolated neutral power system (e.g.,
IT-Net). Otherwise, the system will be grounded via the capacitor of the EMC filter, which may lead to danger or damage to the frequency converter. The connection screw for the internal EMC filter as shown in the figure above is located at the side of the frequency converter.
With the internal EMC filter disconnected, the specified EMC performance of the frequency converter cannot be reached.
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
35/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Frequency Converter Wiring
Notes on DC-bus terminals
Wiring of DC-bus in parallel
EFC x610 Series
FENL Mains choke
FC
FC
F a b
Frequency converter a
Frequency converter b
Fuse
Fig. 8-8: Wiring of DC-bus in parallel
MC a
MC b
M a
M b
Magnetic contactor a
Magnetic contactor b
Motor a
Motor b
●
●
Conditions for DC-bus in parallel
●
●
●
●
In the above typical application, FC b
runs in generation mode and FC a motor mode. The power rating of FC a
FC b
.
runs in
needs to be 2 levels higher than that of
E.g., FC b
is 7K50, FC a
needs to be 18K5 (11K0 and 15K0 in between)
DC-bus voltage is within the specified range: 457...745 V.
Use mains choke.
Select fuses according to FC b
which runs in generator mode, see
chapter "DCbus fuse specification" on page 39
.
Use external brake resistor to keep the DC-bus voltage within the normal range, especially when converter a is running with light load instead of full load.
Switch on mains supply to the frequency converters first, and then close MC a and MC b
after the LED display is active with both frequency converters. The contactor MC a
and MC b
will be switched off by the respective relay output of the frequency converter when an error happens to any of the two frequency converters.
36/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Frequency Converter Wiring
– Select contactors according to the current ratings in
chapter "DC-bus fuse specification" on page 39 .
– Connect the relay output of FC a
to MC a
, FC b
to MC b
.
– Set [E2.15] = '14: Converter error' to control MC a
by relay output of FC a
.
– Set [E2.15] = '14: Converter error' to control MC b
by relay output of FC b
.
By default, the relay output in inactive when the frequency converter is not running.
Wiring of DC-bus with external DC power supply
FENL Mains choke
FC Frequency converter
F Fuse
MC Magnetic contactor
MC
R
Magnetic contactor of softstart resistor
DC
M
R
External DC power supply
Motor
Softstart resistor
Fig. 8-9: Wiring of DC-bus with external DC power supply
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
37/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Frequency Converter Wiring
EFC x610 Series
●
●
●
●
Conditions for DC-bus with external DC power supply
●
DC-bus voltage is within the specified range: 457...745 V.
Use mains choke.
Select fuses according to chapter "DC-bus fuse specification" on page 39
.
Use the relay output of the frequency converter to control the contactor MC of the DC-bus. The contactor will be switched off by the relay output once the frequency converter encounters an error.
Select the external softstart resistor according to the allowed maximum charging current defined in the table below.
Model
5K50
7K50
11K0
15K0
18K5
Maximum charging current [A]
30
50
70
120
120
Tab. 8-7: Allowed maximum charging current through rectifier
●
Set [E2.15] = '14: Converter error' to control MC by relay output of FC. Connect relay output of FC to MC.
By default, the relay output is inactive when there is no error. Please use an additional device to keep the relay output status when the frequency converter is switched off without power input. Without such a device, the relay output will be restored to be inactive as the frequency converter will lose the control.
WARNING
The external softstart circuit must be properly controlled to avoid direct charging of the capacitor with external DC power supply, especially when DC power supply is the only power source for the frequency converter.
●
Use a diode to ensure the current is always in the direction of flowing-in the frequency converter.
38/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Frequency Converter Wiring
DC-bus fuse specification
The fuse rating depends on the fuse type (gG) and the temporary overload capability of the frequency converter.
If no overload happens in an application, the fuses can be selected directly according to the power rating of the frequency converter.
Recommended fuse ratings at DC-bus voltage of 690 V are shown in the table below.
Model
5K50
7K50
11K0
15K0
18K5
Motor power [kW]
5.5
7.5
11
15
18.5
Motor efficiency
85.8 %
87.1 %
88.5 %
89.5 %
90.1 %
DC-current [A]
12.5
16.8
24.2
32.7
40.0
gG fuses [A]
16
25
35
50
50
Tab. 8-8: Recommended fuse ratings
I
DC
= P
Motor
/ (1.35 x U
Line
x η
Motor
)
The recommended fuse rated current is calculated based on the selected motor.
In actual application, please check the value according to the equation above and the actual motor efficiency.
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
39/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Frequency Converter Wiring
8.3.2 Control Terminals
Control terminals figure
Fig. 8-10: Control circuit terminals
EFC x610 Series
40/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Frequency Converter Wiring
Control terminals description
Digital inputs
Terminal
X1...X5
Signal function
Multi-function digital inputs
X5
(multiplex)
Pulse input
SC Shared connection
+24 V Power supply for
COM digital inputs
Description
See Group E1
Signal requirement
Inputs via opto-electric couplers:
24 VDC, 8 mA / 12 VDC, 4 mA
Pulse input: Max. 50.0 kHz
Shared connection for isolation optocouplers
COM is reference
Isolated from GND
–
Max. output current: 100 mA
Analog inputs
Terminal Signal function
+10 V Power supply for
+5 V
AI1
AI1, AI2
Analog voltage input 1/
Analog current input 1
AI2
GND
Analog voltage input 2/
Analog current input 2
Shared connection
Shielding connection
Description
GND is reference
Analog voltage / current inputs are used as external frequency setting channels
To switch between voltage and current or to set the input related functions, see Group
E1
Signal requirement
Max. output current: 30 mA
Max. output current: 10 mA
Voltage input range: 0/2...10 V
Input impedance: 40 kΩ
Resolution: 1/1000
Current input range: 0/4...20 mA
Input impedance: 499 Ω
Resolution: 1/1000
– Isolated from COM
Connected with grounding terminals on heatsink internally
–
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
41/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Frequency Converter Wiring
EFC x610 Series
Digital outputs
Terminal
DO1a
DO1b
Signal function
Open collector output or pulse output
Ta
Tc
Tb
Relay changeover contacts
Relay shared contact
Description
See Group E2
COM is reference
See Group E2
Signal requirement
Open collector output:
Max. 30 VDC, 50 mA
Pulse output Max. frequency: 32.0 kHz
Rated capacity:
250 VAC, 3 A; 30 VDC, 3 A
Analog outputs
Terminal
AO1
Signal function
Analog multiple function output
GND Shared connection
Description Signal requirement
Voltage output: 0/2...10 V
See Group E2 Current output: 0/4...20 mA
Output impedance 138 Ω
Isolated from COM –
Modbus communication
Terminal Signal function
485+ Positive differential signal
485Negative differential signal
Description
GND is reference –
Signal requirement
External power supply
Terminal Signal function
DC_IN
Auxiliary power supply for control board
GND Shared connection
Description
External +24 V supply input for control and panel boards
(NOT used for digital inputs)
Isolated from COM
Signal requirement
Rated capacity:
24 V (-10...+15 %)
200 mA
–
42/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series
Digital input X1...X5 NPN / PNP wiring
Bosch Rexroth AG
Frequency Converter Wiring
Fig. 8-11: Digital input X1...X5 NPN / PNP wiring
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
43/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Frequency Converter Wiring
Digital output DO1a, DO1b load pull-up / pull-down wiring
EFC x610 Series
Fig. 8-12: Digital output DO1a, DO1b load pull-up / pull-down wiring
Vcc supply can be provided externally or internally.
For internal supply, ONLY USE +24 V and NEVER USE +10 V or +5 V!
Analog input terminals (AI1, AI2, +10 V, +5 V, Earth and GND)
Fig. 8-13: Analog input terminals
●
●
The figures for AI2 and +5 V are similar to the figure above.
Incorrect operation may occur due to interference on the analog signal. In such cases, connect a capacitor and ferrite magnetic ring at the output side of the analog signal, as shown above.
44/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Frequency Converter Wiring
Notes on DC_IN terminal
Converter in running status: Converter stops with error 'UE-1' at AC power loss
Conditions Description
'UE-1' remains to be displayed on the panel
DC_IN power is available
'Power loss restart' function does NOT work
Converter can NOT be started by any command source
Limited* Parameters can be viewed but can NOT be modified
DC_IN power is unavailable Converter panel blackout after a short time
AC power resumes
Converter will remain in stop state, 'UE-1' can be reset
'Power loss restart' function works
Tab. 8-9: Power loss in running status
Converter in stopped status: 'p.OFF' will be displayed at AC power loss
Conditions Description
'p.OFF' remains to be displayed on the panel
DC_IN power is available Converter can NOT be started by any command source
Limited* Parameters can be viewed but can NOT be modified
DC_IN power is unavailable Converter panel blackout after a short time
AC power resumes Converter will remain in stop state, 'p.OFF' disappears automatically
Tab. 8-10: Power loss in stopped status
Limited* Parameters
Code Name b0.00
Access authority setting
E0.45
Power loss restart setting
E0.46
Power loss restart delay
Code
E9.01
E9.05
E9.06
Name
Automatic error reset interval
Last error type
Second last error type
E8.00
Communication protocol E9.07
Third last error type
E8.01
Communication error detection time E9.10
Output frequency at last error
E8.02
Communication error protection mode E9.11
Setting frequency at last error
E8.10
Modbus baud rate
E8.11
Modbus data format
E8.12
Modbus local address
E9.00
Automatic error reset attempts
E9.12
Output current at last error
E9.13
Output voltage at last error
E9.14
DC bus voltage at last error
E9.15
Power module temperature at last error
Tab. 8-11: Limited parameters
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
45/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)
EFC x610 Series
9 Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)
9.1 EMC Requirements
9.1.1 General Information
The electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) or electromagnetic interference (EMI) includes the following requirements:
●
●
Sufficient noise immunity of an electric installation or an electric device against external electric, magnetic or electromagnetic interference via lines or through air.
Sufficiently low noise emission of electric, magnetic or electromagnetic noise of an electric installation or an electric device to other surrounding devices via lines or through air.
9.1.2 Noise Immunity in the Drive System
Basic structure for noise immunity
The figure below illustrates the interference for definition of noise immunity requirements in the drive system.
Fig. 9-1: Noise immunity in the drive system
46/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)
Minimum immunity requirements for PDSs intended for use in the second environment
Port
ESD
Phenomenon
Radio-frequency electromagnetic field, amplitude modulated
Fast transient-burst
Surge 1.2/50 μs, 8/20 μs
Conducted radio-frequency common mode
Basic standard for test method
Level
IEC 61000-4-2
IEC 61000-4-3
4 kV CD or 8 kV AD if CD impossible
80...1000 MHz 10 V/m
1.4....0 GHz 3 V/m
2.0...2.7 GHz 1 V/m
80 % AM (1 kHz)
IEC 61000-4-4 2 kV/5 kHz
IEC 61000-4-5 1 kV a , 2 kV b
IEC 61000-4-6
0.15...80 MHz 10 V
80 % AM (1 kHz)
Performance
(acceptance criterion)
B
A
B
B
A
Signal int
Fast transient-burst
Fast transient-burst
Conducted radio-frequency common mode
Fast transient-burst
Conducted radio-frequency common mode
IEC 61000-4-4
IEC 61000-4-4
IEC 61000-4-6
IEC 61000-4-4
IEC 61000-4-6
2 kV/5 kHz
Capacitive clamp
1 kV/5 kHz
Capacitive clamp
0.15...80 MHz 10 V
80 % AM (1 kHz)
2 kV/5 kHz
Capacitive clamp
0.15...80 MHz 10 V
80 % AM (1 kHz)
B
B
A
B
A
Tab. 9-1: Minimum immunity requirements for PDSs intended for use in the second environment
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
47/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)
EFC x610 Series
Minimum immunity requirements for PDSs intended for use in the first environment
Port
ESD ted
Phenomenon
Radio-frequency electromagnetic field, amplitude modula-
Fast transient-burst
Surge 1.2/50 μs, 8/20 μs
Conducted radio-frequency common mode
Basic standard for test method
Level
IEC 61000-4-2
IEC 61000-4-3
4 kV CD or 8 kV AD if CD impossible
80 ~ 1000 MHz 3 V/m
1.4 ~ 2.0 GHz 3 V/m
2.0 ~ 2.7 GHz 1 V/m
80 % AM (1 kHz)
IEC 61000-4-4 1 kV/5 kHz
IEC 61000-4-5 1 kV a , 2 kV b
IEC 61000-4-6
0.15 ~ 80 MHz 3 V
80 % AM (1 kHz)
Performance
(acceptance criterion)
B
A
B
B
A faces Fast transient-burst
Fast transient-burst
Conducted radio-frequency common mode
IEC 61000-4-4
IEC 61000-4-4
IEC 61000-4-6
1 kV/5 kHz
Capacitive clamp
0.5 kV/5 kHz
Capacitive clamp
0.15 ~ 80 MHz 3 V
80 % AM (1 kHz)
B
B
A
Tab. 9-2: Minimum immunity requirements for PDSs intended for use in the first environment
●
CD: Contact discharge
●
AD: Air discharge
●
●
AM: Amplitude modulation a : Coupling line to line
● b : Coupling line to earth
Category C1 is only for conducted emission, radiated emission needs checking with metallic cabinet. For installation, see
9.3 "EMC Measures for Design and Installation" on page 55
.
48/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)
Evaluation criterion
Evaluation criterion
A
B
C
Explanation (abbreviated form from EN 61800-3)
Deviations within allowed range
Automatic recovery after interference
Switched off without automatic recovery. Device remains undamaged
Tab. 9-3: Evaluation criterion
9.1.3 Noise Emission of the Drive System
Causes of noise emission
Controlled variable-speed drives contain converters containing snappy semiconductors. The advantage of modifying the speed with high precision is achieved by means of pulse width modulation of the converter voltage. This can generate sinusoidal current with variable amplitude and frequency in the motor.
The steeper voltage rises, the higher clock rate and the resulting harmonics cause unwanted but physically unavoidable emission of interference voltage and interference fields (wide band interference). The interference mainly is asymmetric interference against ground.
The propagation of this interference strongly depends on:
● configuration of the connected drives
● number of the connected drives
●
●
● conditions of mounting site of installation radiation conditions
● wiring and installation
If the interference gets from the device to the connected lines in unfiltered form, these lines can radiate the interference into the air (antenna effect). This applies to power lines, too.
Limit values for line-based disturbances
According to IEC EN 61800-3 or CISPR 11 (corresponds to EN 55011), the limit values in the table below are distinguished. For this documentation both standards are combined in the limit value classes A2.1 to B1.
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
49/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)
EFC x610 Series
IEC / EN
61800-3
CISPR 11 Explanation
Category C4
2 nd
Category C3
2 nd
2 nd
1 st
environment
environment
Category C3
environment
Category C2
environment
Category C1
1 st environment
None
Class A; group 2,
I>100 A
Class A; group 2,
I≤100 A
Class A; group 1
Class B; group 1
One of the following 3 requirements must have been fulfilled:
●
●
Mains connection current > 400 A,
IT mains or required dynamic drive behavior not reached by means of
EMC filter.
Adjust limit values to use and operation on site.
●
User has to carry out and provide evidence of EMC planning.
Limit value in industrial areas to be complied with for applications operated at supply mains with nominal current > 100 A
Limit value in industrial areas to be complied with for applications operated at supply mains with nominal current ≤ 100 A
Limit value in residential area or at facilities at low-voltage mains supplying buildings in residential areas to be complied with
Limit value in residential areas to be complied with
Tab. 9-4: Limit values for line-based disturbances
In this document
None
A2.1
A2.2
A1
B1
Curves of limit value characteristic
–
1.1
1.2
2.1
2.2
3.1
3.2
4.1
4.2
50/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)
1.1 C3 2 nd environment, QP, I > 100 A (class
A, group 2, I > 100 A)
1.2 C3 2 nd environment, AV, I > 100 A (class
A, group 2, I > 100 A)
2.1 C3 2 nd environment, QP, I ≤ 100 A (class
A, group 2, I ≤ 100 A)
2.2 C3 2 nd environment, AV, I ≤ 100 A (class
A, group 2, I ≤ 100 A)
3.1 C2 1 st environment, QP (1 st environment, even if source of interference in 2 nd environment) (class A, group 1)
3.2 C2 1 st environment, AV (1 st environment, even if source of interference in 2 environment) (class A, group 1)
4.1 C1 1 st
environment, QP (1 nd st
environment, even if source of interference in 2 nd environment) (class B, group 1)
4.2 C1 1 st environment, AV (1 st environment, even if source of interference in 2 environment) (class B, group 1) nd
Fig. 9-2: Limit values for line-based disturbances (IEC 61800-3); limit characteristic through frequency range
●
●
●
●
Limit value for 1 st interference of 2 nd
environment is also relevant, if source of
environment affects 1 st environment
Designations “class” and “group” according to CISPR 11
QP: measuring method quasi peak measurement
AV: measuring method arithmetic averaging
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
51/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)
EFC x610 Series
Second Environment, Industrial Area
Facilities not directly connected to a low-voltage mains to supply buildings in residential areas.
If the limit values in an industrial area separated from public supply by a transformer station only have to be complied with at the property boundary or in the neighboring low-voltage mains, the filter might not be necessary. In the vicinity such as measuring sensors, measuring lines or measuring devices, it is normally required to use the interference suppression filter.
Increasing the noise immunity of a sensitive device can often be the economically better solution compared to measures of interference suppression at the drive system of installation.
First Environment
Environment containing residential areas and facilities directly connected, without interstage transformer, to a low-voltage mains supplying buildings in residential areas.
Medium-sized manufacturing plants and industrial establishments can be connected to the public low-voltage mains together with residential buildings. In this case there is a high risk for radio and television reception if there are not any measures for radio interference suppression taken. Therefore, the indicated measures are generally recommended.
Nominal Current of Supply Mains
The nominal current of the supply mains (＞ 100 A or ≤ 100 A) is specified by the local power supply company at the connection point of the mains. For industrial companies, for example, such connection points are the interconnecting stations from the power supply company.
Since it is impossible to obtain the lower limit values for residential areas with all applications by means of usual measures (like in the case of large and electrically not closed installations, longer motor cables or a large number of drives), the following note included in EN 61800-3 has to be observed.
According to standard EN 61800-3:
●
The drive system of standard EFC x610 with internal EMC filter, is product of category C3 and applicable to industrial environment.
●
The drive system of EFC x610 with external EMC filter, is product of category C1 and applicable to domestic environment.
WARNING
Frequency Converter EFC x610 with external EMC filter can be used in a domestic environment (category C1), which howerver may cause radio interference. In this case, supplementary mitigation measures may be required.
52/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)
See the following chapters for the limit classes (as per categories C1, C2, C3,
C4 according to EN 61800-3) which can be reached for Bosch Rexroth
Frequency Converter EFC x610.
9.2 Ensuring the EMC Requirements
Standards and Laws
On the European level there are the EU Directives. In the EU states these Directives are transformed into laws valid on a national level. The relevant directive for EMC is EU Directive 2004/108/EC which was transformed on the national level in Germany into the law EMVG (“Law concerning electromagnetic compatibility of devices”) of 2008-02-26.
EMC Properties of Components
Drive and control components by Rexroth are designed and built, in accordance with the present state-of-the-art of standardization, according to legal regulations of the EU Directive EMC 2004/108/EC and the German law.
The compliance with EMC standards was tested by means of a typical arrangement with a test setup conforming to standard with the indicated external EMC filter.
●
●
Category C3 requirements according to product standard EN 61800-3 have been complied with for EFC x610.
Minimum immunity requirements in the second environment according to product standard EN 61800-3 have been complied with for EFC x610.
Applicability for End Product
Measurements of the drive system with an arrangement typical for the system are not in all cases applicable to the status in a machine or installation. Noise immunity and noise emission strongly depend on:
● configuration of the connected drives
● number of the connected drives
●
●
●
● conditions of mounting site of installation radiation conditions wiring and installation
In addition, the required measures depend on the requirements of electric safety technology and economic efficiency in the application.
In order to prevent interference as far as possible, please read through and follow the detailed descriptions regarding on mounting and installation in this documentation.
Cases to Distinguish for Declaration of EMC Conformity
For validity of the harmonized standards, we distinguish the following cases:
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
53/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)
EFC x610 Series
●
●
Case 1: Delivery of the drive system.
According to the regulations, EFC x610 drive system is complied with product standard EN 61800-3 C3. The drive system is listed in the declaration of EMC conformity. This fulfills the legal requirements according to EMC directive.
Case 2: Acceptance test of a machine or installation with the installed drive systems.
The product standard for the respective type of machine/installation, if existing, applies to the acceptance test of the machine or installation. In the last years, some new product standards were created at present.
These new product standards contain references to the product standard
EN 61800-3 for drives or specify higher-level requirements demanding increased filter and installation efforts. When the machine manufacturer wants to put the machine/installation into circulation, the product standard relevant to his machine/ installation has to be complied with for his end product “machine/installation”. The authorities and test laboratories responsible for EMC normally refer to this product standard.
This documentation specifies the EMC properties which can be achieved, in a machine or installation, with a drive system consisting of the standard components.
It also specifies the conditions under which the indicated EMC properties can be achieved.
54/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)
9.3 EMC Measures for Design and Installation
9.3.1 Rules for Design of Installations with Drive Controllers in Compliance with EMC
The following rules are the basics for designing and installing drives in compliance with EMC:
Mains Filter
Correctly use a mains filter recommended by Rexroth for radio interference suppression in the mains supply of the drive system.
Control Cabinet Grounding
Connect all metal parts of the cabinet with one another over the largest possible surface area to establish a good electric connection. This, too applies to the mounting of the external mains filter. If required, use serrated washers which cut through the paint surface. Connect the cabinet door to the control cabinet using the shortest possible grounding straps.
Line Routing
Avoid coupling routes between lines with high potential of noise and noise-free lines; therefore, signal, mains and motor lines and power cables have to be routed separately from another. Minimum distance: 10 cm. Provide separating sheets between power and signal lines. Ground separating sheets several times.
The lines with high potential of noise include:
●
Lines at the mains connection (incl. synchronization connection)
●
Lines at the motor connection
●
Lines at the DC-bus connection
Generally, interference injections are reduced by routing cables close to grounded sheet steel plates. For this reason, cables and wires should not be routed freely in the cabinet, but close to the cabinet housing or mounting panels. Separate the incoming and outgoing cables of the radio interference suppression filter.
Interference Suppression Elements
Provide the following components in the control cabinet with interference suppression combinations:
●
Contactors
●
●
Relays
Solenoid valves
●
Electromechanical operating hours counters
Connect these combinations directly at each coil.
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
55/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)
EFC x610 Series
Twisted Wires
Twist unshielded wires belonging to the same circuit (feeder and return cable) or keep the surface between feeder and return cable as small as possible. Wires that are not used have to be grounded at both ends.
Lines of Measuring Systems
Lines of measuring systems must be shielded. Connect the shield to ground at both ends and over the largest possible surface area. The shield may not be interrupted, e.g. using intermediate terminals.
Digital Signal Lines
Ground the shields of digital signal lines at both ends (transmitter and receiver) over the largest possible surface area and with low impedance. This avoids low frequency interference current (in the mains frequency range) on the shield.
Analog Signal Lines
Ground the shields of analog signal lines at one end (transmitter or receiver) over the largest possible surface area and with lower impedance. This avoids low frequency interference current (in the mains frequency range) on the shield.
Connection of Mains Choke
●
●
Keep connection lines of the mains choke at the drive controller as short as possible and twist them.
Installation of Motor Power Cable
●
●
●
●
Use shielded motor power cable or run motor power cables in a shielded duct
Use the shortest possible motor power cable
Ground shield of motor power cable at both ends over the largest possible surface area to establish a good electric connection
It is recommended to run motor lines in shielded form inside the control cabinet
Do not use any steel-shielded lines
The shield of the motor power cable must not be interrupted by mounted components, such as output chokes, sine filter or motor filters
56/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)
9.3.2 EMC-optimal Installation in Facility and Control Cabinet
General Information
For EMC-optimal installation, a special separation of the interference-free area
(mains connection) and the interference-susceptible area (drive components) is recommended, as shown in the figures below.
●
●
●
●
●
For EMC-optimal installation in the control cabinet, use a separate control cabinet panel for the drive components.
Frequency converters need to be mounted in metal cabinet and connected to power supply with grounding.
For the EMC test of standard frequency conveters with internal
EMC filters, the following cables were used between the motor and the frequency converter:
– 0K40...4K00 model: 15 m (meets requirements of category C3)
– 5K50...18K5 model: 30 m (meets requirements of category C3)
For the EMC test of frequency converters with external EMC filters, the following cables were used between the motor and the frequency converter:
– 50 m: meets requirements of category C3
– 50 m: meets requirements of category C2
– 10 m: meets requirements of category C1
Output choke is required for category C1 with 10 m cables.
Please contact with Rexroth distributors for information on chokes.
For the end application system with frequency converters, the conformity of EMC directions needs to be confirmed.
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
57/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)
EFC x610 Series
Division into Areas (zones)
We distinguish three areas:
1. Interference-free area of control cabinet (area A):
●
●
Supply feeder, input terminals, fuse, main switch, mains side of mains filter for drives and corresponding connecting lines
All components that are not electrically connected with the drive system
2. Interference-susceptible area (area B):
●
Mains connections between drive system and mains filter for drives, mains contactor
●
Interface lines of drive controller
3. Strongly interference-susceptible area (area C):
●
Motor power cables including single cores
Never run lines of one of these areas in parallel with lines of another area so that there is not any unwanted interference injection from one area to the other and that the filter is jumped with regard to high frequency. Use the shortest possible connecting lines.
Recommendation for complex systems: Install drive components in one cabinet and the control units in a second, separate cabinet.
Badly grounded control cabinet doors act as antennas. Therefore, connect the control cabinet doors to the cabinet on top, in the middle and on the bottom via short equipment grounding conductors with a cross section of at least 6 mm nection points have good contact.
2 or, even better, via grounding straps with the same cross section. Make sure con-
58/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)
9.3.3 Control Cabinet Mounting according to Interference Areas – Exemplary Arrangements
Fig. 9-3: Control cabinet mounting according to interference areas – exemplary arrangements
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
59/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)
EFC x610 Series
9.3.4 Design and Installation in Area A – Interference-free Area of Control Cabinet
Arrangement of the Components in the Control Cabinet
Comply with a distance of at least 200 mm (distance d1 in the figure):
●
Between components and electric elements (switches, pushbuttons, fuses, terminal connectors) in the interference-free area A and the components in the two other areas B and C
Comply with a distance of at least 400 mm (distance d4 in the figure):
●
Between magnetic components (such as transformers, mains chokes and DCbus chokes that are directly connected to the power connections of the drive system) and the interference-free components and lines between mains and filter including the mains filter in area A
If these distances are not kept, the magnetic leakage fields are injected to the interference-free components and lines connected to the mains and the limit values at the mains connection are exceeded in spite of the installed filter.
Cable Routing of the Interference-free Lines to the Mains Connection
Comply with a distance of at least 200 mm (distance d1 and d3 in the figure):
●
Between supply feeder or lines between filter and exit point from the control cabinet in area A and the lines in area B and C
If this is impossible, there are two alternatives:
1. Install lines in shielded form and connect the shield at several points (at least at the beginning and at the end of the line) to the mounting plate or the control cabinet housing over a large surface area.
2. Separate lines from the other interference-susceptible lines in areas B and
C by means of a grounded distance plate vertically attached to the mounting plate.
Install the shortest possible lines within the control cabinet and install them directly on the grounded metal surface of the mounting plate or of the control cabinet housing.
Mains supply lines from areas B and C must not be connected to the mains without a filter.
In case you do not observe the information on cable routing given in this section, the effect of the mains filter is totally or partly neutralized. This will cause the noise level of the interference emission to be higher within the range of 150 kHz to 40 MHz and the limit values at the connection points of the machine or installation will thereby be exceeded.
60/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)
Routing and Connecting a Neutral Conductor (N)
If a neutral conductor is used together with a three-phase connection, it must not be installed unfiltered in areas B and C, in order to keep interference off the mains.
Motor Blower at Mains Filter
Single-phase or three-phase supply lines of motor blowers, that are usually routed in parallel with motor power cables or interference-susceptible lines, must be filtered:
●
In frequency converter with only infeeding supply units, via the available three phase filter of the frequency converter
When switching power off, make sure the blower is not switched off.
Loads at Mains Filter of frequency converter
●
Only operate allowed loads at the mains filter of the frequency converter!
Shielding Mains Supply Lines in Control Cabinet
If there is a high degree of interference injection to the mains supply line within the control cabinet, although you have observed the above instructions (to be found out by EMC measurement according to standard), proceed as follows:
●
Only use shielded lines in area A
●
Connect shields to the mounting plate at the beginning and the end of the line by means of clips
The same procedure may be required for long cables of more than 2 m between the point of power supply connection of the control cabinet and the filter within the control cabinet.
Mains Filters for AC Drives
Ideally, mount the external mains filter on the parting line between area A and B.
Make sure the ground connection between filter housing and housing of the drive controllers has good electrically conductive properties.
If single-phase loads are connected on the load side of the external filter, their current may be a maximum of 10 % of the three-phase operating current. A highly imbalanced load of the external filter would deteriorate its interference suppression capacity.
If the mains voltage is higher than 480 V, connect the external filter to the output side of the transformer instead of the supply side of the transformer.
Grounding
In the case of bad ground connections in the installation, the distance between the lines to the grounding points E1, E2 in area A and the other grounding points of the frequency converter should be at least d4 = 400 mm, in order to minimize interference injection from ground and ground cables to the power input lines.
See also "Division into Areas (zones)" on page 58 .
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
61/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)
EFC x610 Series
Point of Connection for Environment Grounding Conductor at Machine, Installation, Control Cabinet
The equipment grounding conductor of the power cable of the machine, installation or control cabinet has to be permanently connected at point PE and have a cross section of at least 10 mm 2
EN 61800-5-1: 2007, section 4.3.5.4). If the cross section of the outer conductor is bigger, the cross section of the equipment grounding conductor must be accordingly bigger.
or to be complemented by a second equipment grounding conductor via separate terminal connectors (according to
9.3.5 Design and Installation in Area B – Interference-susceptible Area of Control Cabinet
Arranging Components and Lines
Modules, components and lines in area B should be placed at a distance of at least d1 = 200 mm from modules and lines in area A.
Alternative: Shield modules, components and lines in area B by distance plates mounted vertically on the mounting plate from modules and lines in area A or use shield lines.
Only connect control voltage connections in the frequency converter to the
mains via a mains filter. See "Division into Areas (zones)" on page 58 .
Install the shortest possible lines between drive controller and filter.
Control Voltage or Auxiliary Voltage Connection
Only in exceptional cases should you connect power supply unit and fusing for the control voltage connection to phase and neutral conductor. In this case, mount and install these components in area A far away from area B and C of the frequency converter.
Run the connection between control voltage connection of the frequency converter and power supply unit used through area B over the shortest distance.
Line Routing
Run the lines along grounded metal surfaces, in order to minimize radiation of interference fields to area A (transmitting antenna effect).
62/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)
9.3.6 Design and Installation in Area C – Strongly Interference-susceptible Area of Control Cabinet
Area C mainly concerns the motor power cables, especially at the connection point of the drive controller.
Influence of the Motor Power Cable
The longer the motor cable, the greater its leakage capacitors. To comply with a certain EMC limit value, the allowed leakage capacitance of he mains filter is limited.
●
Run the shortest possible motor power cables.
Routing the Motor Power Cables and Motor Encoder Cables
Route the motor power cables and motor encoder cables along grounded metal surfaces, both inside the control cabinet and outside of it, in order to minimize radiation of interference fields. If possible, route the motor power cables and motor encoder cables in metal-grounded cable ducts.
Route the motor power cables and motor encoder cables
● with a distance of at least d5 = 100 mm to inference-free lines, as well as to signal cables and signal lines
●
(alternatively separated by a grounded distance plate) in separate cable ducts, if possible
Routing the Motor Power Cables and Mains Connection Lines
For frequency converters (drive controllers with individual mains connection), route motor power cables and (unfiltered) mains connection lines in parallel for a maximum distance of 300 mm. After that distance, route motor power cables and power supply cables in opposite directions and preferably in separate cable ducts.
Ideally, the outlet of the motor power cables at the control cabinet should be provided in a distance of at least d3 = 200 mm from the (filtered) power supply cable.
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
63/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)
EFC x610 Series
9.3.7 Ground Connections
Housing and Mounting Plate
By means of appropriate ground connections, it is possible to avoid the emission of interference, because interference is discharged to ground on the shortest possible way.
Ground connections of the metal housings of EMC-critical components (such as filters, devices of the frequency converter, connection points of the cable shields, devices with microprocessor and switching power supply units) have to be well contacted over a large surface area. This also applies to all screw connections between mounting plate and control cabinet wall and to the mounting of a ground bus to the mounting plate. The best solution is to use a zinc-coated mounting plate. Compared to a lacquered plate, the connections in this area have a good long-time stability.
Connection Elements
For lacquered mounting plates, always use screw connections with tooth lock washers and zinc-coated, tinned screws as connection elements. At the connection points, remove the lacquer so that there is safe electric contact over a large surface area. You achieve contact over a large surface area by means of bare connection surfaces or several connection screws. For screw connections, you can establish the contact to lacquered surfaces by using tooth lock washers.
Metal Surfaces
Always use connection elements (screws, nuts, plain washers) with good electroconductive surface.
Bare zinc-coated or tinned metal surfaces have good electroconductive properties.
Anodized, yellow chromatized, black gunmetal finish or lacquered metal surfaces have bad electroconductive properties.
Ground Wires and Shield Connections
For connecting ground wires and shield connections, it is not the cross section but the size of contact surface that is important, as the high-frequency interference current mainly flow on the surface of the conductor.
64/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)
9.3.8 Installing Signal Lines and Signal Cables
Line Routing
The following measures are recommend:
●
Route signal and control lines separately from the power cables with a minimum distance of d5 = 100 mm (see
"Division into Areas (zones)" on page 58
) or with a grounded separating sheet. The optimum way is to route them in separate cable ducts. If possible, lead signal lines into the control cabinet at one point only.
●
●
●
If signal lines are crossing power cables, route them in an angle of 90° in order to avoid interference injection.
Ground spare cables, that are not used and have been connected, at least at both ends so that they do not have any antenna effect.
Avoid unnecessary line lengths.
●
●
Run cables as close as possible to grounded metal surfaces (reference potential). The ideal solution are closed, grounded cable ducts or metal pipes which, however, is only obligatory for high requirements (sensitive instrument leads).
Avoid suspended lines or lines routed along synthetic carries, because they are functioning like reception antennas (noise immunity) and like transmitting antennas (emission of interference). Exceptional cases are flexible cable tracks over short distances of a maximum of 5 m.
Shielding
Connect the cable shield immediately at the devices in the shortest and most direct possible way and over the largest possible surface area.
Connect the shield of analog signal lines at one end over a large surface area, normally in the control cabinet at the analog device. Make sure the connection to ground/housing is short and over a large surface area.
Connect the shield of digital signal lines at both ends over a large surface area and in short form. In the case of potential differences between beginning and end of the line, run an additional bonding conductor in parallel. This prevents compensating current from flowing via the shield. The guide value for the cross section is 10 mm 2 .
You absolutely have to equip separate connections with connectors with grounded metal housing.
In the case of non-shielded lines belongs to the same circuit, twist feeder and return cable.
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
65/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)
EFC x610 Series
9.3.9 General Measures of Radio Interference Suppression for Relays,
Contactors, Switches, Chokes and Inductive Loads
If, in conjunction with electronic devices and components, inductive loads, such as chokes, contactors, relays are switched by contacts or semiconductors, appropriate interference suppression has to be provided for them:
●
By arranging free-wheeling diodes in the case of d.c. operation
●
In the case of a.c. operation, by arranging usual RC interference suppression elements depending on the contactor type, immediately at the inductance
Only the interference suppression element arranged immediately at the inductance does serve this purpose. Otherwise, the emitted noise level is too high which can affect the function of the electronic system and of the drive.
If possible, mechanical switches and contacts should only be realized as snap contacts. Contact pressure and contact material must be suited for the corresponding switching current.
Slow-action contacts should be replaced by snap switches or by solid-state switches, because slow-action contacts strongly bounce and are in an undefined switching status for a long time which emits electromagnetic waves in the case of inductive loads. These waves are an especially critical aspect in the case of manometric or temperature switches.
66/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Operating Panel and Dust Cover
10 Operating Panel and Dust Cover
10.1 LED Panel
The LED panel is removable and composed of two areas: display and buttons.
The display shows mode settings and operating state of the frequency converter.
The buttons allow users to program the frequency converter.
Fig. 10-1: LED panel
10.2 LED Display
Fig. 10-2: LED display
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
67/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Operating Panel and Dust Cover
10.3 Dust Cover
EFC x610 Series
Fig. 10-3: Dust cover
Frequency Converter EFC x610 are available with Dust Cover instead of LED Panel on demand. To operate frequency converters with Dust
Cover,
●
Order an LED Panel additionally, and then set the frequency converter with
chapter 12.1.3 "Parameter Replication" on page 80 .
68/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Operating Panel and Dust Cover
10.4 LED Indicator
Mode
Power off
Ready
Run (FWD)
Run (REV)
Run pending
DC-braking at start
Direction change dead time
Deceleration stop phase
DC-braking at stop
Run
Off
Off
Green
Green
Blinks in green
(Short green long dark)
Blinks in green
(Short dark long green)
FWD REV
Power
①
Off Off Off
Green / Off Off / Green Red
Green
Off
Off
Green
Red
Red
Green / Off
Green / Off
Off / Green
Off / Green
Red
Red
Warning with FWD
Warning with REV
Warning at stop
Error
Green
Green
Off
Off
Green
Off
Green / Off
Green / Off
Off
Green
Off / Green
Off / Green
Blinks in red
(Short dark long red)
Blinks in red
(Short dark long red)
Blinks in red
(Short dark long red)
Blinks in red
(Short red long dark)
Tab. 10-1: LED indicator status
●
●
① : Available on dust cover or when neither the LED panel nor the dust cover is installed.
The frequency converter stops if FWD and REV commands are active at the same time.
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
69/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Operating Panel and Dust Cover
10.5 Operating Descriptions
EFC x610 Series
Fig. 10-4: Operating mode
Fig. 10-5: Operating example
70/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Operating Panel and Dust Cover
10.6 Fast Access to Parameters with Button Combinations
EFC x610 provides fast access to parameters within a parameter group with
'<Func> + <▲>' or '<Func> + <▼>' combinations. This function is only valid for the tens digit of the function code index '□□.x□'.
●
●
Pressing '<Func> + <▲>' once: '□□.x□' is changed to '□□.x+1□'
Pressing '<Func> + <▼>' once: '□□.x□' is changed to '□□.x-1□'
Example: The frequency converter is now displaying 'E0.07' after setting with
<Func>, <Set>, <▲> and <▼> buttons.
If 'E0.17' needs to be displayed based on 'E0.07', <▲> button has to be pressed for 10 times in the traditional way as described in the above figure. However, with button combination function, it is only necessary to press '<Func> + <▲>' buttons once.
●
●
●
●
The parameter fast access function is only available when [b0.00]
= 0, 1, or 2, unavailable with parameters in groups '-PF-' or '-EP-'
Press <Func> button and do not release it until <▲> or <▼> button has been pressed.
Press <▲> or <▼> button within 2 s if <Func> button is pressed.
If the index of parameters is not continuous in a specific parameter group, the adjacent parameter will be accessed. For example, the display of 'E0.01' should be changed to 'E0.11' with '<Func> +
<▲>' button function. However, parameter E0.11 is unavailable in group E. While the adjacent parameter is E0.15. In this case,
'E0.15' is accessed and displayed.
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
71/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Operating Panel and Dust Cover
EFC x610 Series
10.7 Digit Shifting Function for Modification of Parameter Values
EFC x610 also provides the digit shifting function for modification of parameter values. To activate this function, press '<Func> + <▲>' or '<Func> + <▼>' once when the frequency converter is displaying a certain parameter value. After this action, the unit digit of the value blinks.
To select the digit for modification, press the following button combinations.
●
Pressing '<Func> + <▲>' once: the blinking digit is shifted one digit leftwards.
●
Pressing '<Func> + <▼>' once: the blinking digit is shifted one digit rightwards.
Example: [E0.07] = 35.40. The frequency is now displaying '35.40'.
If the value '35.40' needs to be modified to be 15.40, execute the following steps.
●
Step 1: Pressing '<Func> + <▲>' or '<Func> + <▼>' once to activate the digit function. '35.40' is displayed with the unit digit '5' blinking.
●
●
●
Step 2: Pressing '<Func> + <▲>' again to shift the blinking digit leftwards.
'35.40' is displayed with tens digit '3' blinking.
Step 3: Pressing <▼> twice to change the tens digit '3' to be '1'. '15.40' is displayed with tens digit '1' blinking.
Step 4: Pressing <Set> to save the modified parameter value '15.40'. The display returns back to an upper menu level to show the next parameter with
'E0.08' displayed.
●
●
●
●
The digit shifting function is only available for parameters with values and unavailable for parameter with options.
Press <Func> button and do not release it until <▲> or <▼> button has been pressed.
Press <▲> or <▼> button within 2 s if <Func> button is pressed.
Press <Func> button over 2 s without pressing any other button to cancel the uncompleted setting with button combinations.
72/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Quick Start
11 Quick Start
11.1 Checklist before Quick Start
11.1.1 Step 1: Check application conditions
Rated ambient temperature
Derating / ambient temperature
Rated storage temperature
Rated altitude
Derating / altitude
Mounting mode (Wall mounting)
-10...45 ℃
1.5 % / 1 °C (45...55 °C)
-20...60 ℃
≤ 1,000 m
1 % / 100 m (1,000...4,000 m)
Wall mounting, DIN rail mounting
Tab. 11-1: Application conditions checklist
See also in chapter 6.1.9 "Conditions" on page 20
.
11.1.2 Step 2: Check mounting conditions
Converter mounting direction
Minimum top space
Minimum bottom space
One converter is arranged above another
Mounting screws
Vertical d top
= 125 mm d bot
= 125 mm
Air guide available is required in between
4 x M6, no loose screws
Tab. 11-2: Mounting conditions checklist
See also in chapter 7.1 "Installation Conditions" on page 25 .
11.1.3 Step 3: Check the wiring
Mains connection
Motor connection
Grounding
Shielding
Power cables
Control terminals connection
Control cables
EMC
Switches
Load
Connect L1, L2, (L3) of converter to mains accordingly
Connect U, V, W of converter to motor accordingly
Must be securely connected
Must be securely connected
Must observe chapter 8.2.1 "Power Cables" on page 32
Must be securely connected
Must observe chapter 8.2.2 "Control Cables" on page 34
Must observe
chapter 9 "Electromagnetic Compatibility
Must be switched off
Must be disconnected
Tab. 11-3: Wiring checklist
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
73/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Quick Start
EFC x610 Series
11.2 Quick Start Parameters
Code Name
C0.05 Carrier frequency
Tab. 11-4: Quick start parameters
Setting range
1...15 kHz
C1.05 Motor rated power
C1.06 Motor rated voltage
C1.07 Motor rated current
C1.08 Motor rated frequency
C1.09 Motor rated speed
0.1...1,000.0 kW
0...480 V
0.01...655.00 A
5.00...400.00 Hz
1...30,000 rpm
0: Linear mode
C2.00 V/f curve mode 1: Square curve
2: User-defined curve
E0.00 First frequency setting source 0...21
E0.01 First run command source 0...2
E0.07 Digital setting frequency 0.00...[E0.09] Hz
E0.08 Maximum output frequency 50.00...400.00 Hz
E0.09 Output frequency high limit [E0.10]...[E0.08] Hz
E0.10 Output frequency low limit 0.00...[E0.09] Hz
0: Forward / Reverse
E0.17 Direction control
E0.26 Acceleration time
E0.27 Deceleration time
E0.35 Start mode
E0.50 Stop mode
1: Forward only
2: Reverse only
3: Swap default direction
0: Linear mode
1: S-curve
0.1...6,000.0 s
0.1...6,000.0 s
0: Start directly
1: DC-braking before start
2: Start with speed capture
3: Automatic start / stop according to setting frequency
0: Decelerating stop
1: Freewheeling stop
2: Freewheeling with stop command, decelerating with direction change
Default
ND: 4
HD: 6
DOM
DOM
DOM
50.00
DOM
0
0
0
50.00
50.00
50.00
0.00
0
0
5.0
5.0
0
0
–
–
–
–
0.1
0.1
–
–
–
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
Min.
1
0.1
1
0.01
0.01
1
Stop
Run
Run
Stop
Stop
Stop
Stop
Stop
Run
Stop
Run
Run
Attri.
Run
Stop
Stop
Stop
Stop
Stop
Stop
74/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Quick Start
11.3 Control the Motor
WARNING
Ensure the enclosure is in place before the device is powered on. Wait for at least 5 minutes after powering off to allow the DC capacitor being discharged, and do not remove the cover during this period!
6
7
4
5
8
Step Operation
1
2
Rotate the potentiometer counterclockwise
(leftwards) to the greatest extent
Press <Run> button
Rotate the potentiometer clockwise (rightwards) slowly till 5.00 is displayed
Observe the running status:
3
Description
Output frequency setting is 0.00
Control command active, 0.00 is displayed
The motor starts to run
Recommended operation:
If the motor runs in the correct direction
If the motor runs steadily
If there is any abnormal noise or problem
Stop the motor immediately by switching off the power if any abnormality occurs
Restart commissioning only after error causes have been removed
Rotate the potentiometer clockwise The motor accelerates
Rotate the potentiometer counterclockwise The motor decelerates
Press <Stop> button
Check parameters without load
Check parameters with load
Stop command activated, the motor stops
Settings according to actual applications
Settings according to actual applications
Tab. 11-5: Motor controlling procedure
●
After powered on, EFC x610 will generate output if pressing down the <Run> button (or 'Control by terminals' is activated).
●
●
By default, EFC x610 is set as:
– The frequency converter is started or stopped by the operating panel.
– The output frequency is set by the potentiometer on the operating panel.
After powering on, please confirm:
●
– The setting frequency is displayed (no error display).
– The monitoring parameter is consistent with the actual situations.
By default, Output frequency in run status and Setting frequency in stop status are displayed as the monitoring parameters, which can be changed to other parameters with parameters U1.00 and U1.10. The default settings are based on standard applications with standard motors.
For frequency converters with dust cover, it is recommended to install an LED panel to perform the above operations.
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
75/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Quick Start
EFC x610 Series
11.4 Motor Parameters Auto-Tuning
For SVC control and applications with higher requirement to control accuracy in
V/f control, motor parameter auto-tuning is necessary. Two modes of auto-tuning are available, static auto-tuning and rotational auto-tuning. The former mode is mainly used for V/f control and the latter is used ONLY for SVC control.
Check and make sure the following points before auto-tuning:
●
The motor is in standstill and not at high temperature.
●
●
●
The power rating of the frequency converter is close to that of the motor.
Set C1.05...C1.10 based on motor nameplate data. If the power factor data is unavailable on the nameplate, keep the default setting of C1.10.
Set E0.08 according to motor parameters and actual application conditions.
Disconnect the load from the motor shaft for rotational auto-tuning.
Set auto-tuning mode and start motor parameter auto-tuning:
Set the following parameter according to the control mode of the frequency converter and the application situation.
Code
C1.01
Name
Motor parameter tuning
Setting range
0...2
Default Min.
Attri.
0 – Stop
●
0: Inactive. SVC control can still be used, but with lower performance.
●
●
1: Static auto-tuning. This mode is suggested to be used for V/f control. It can also be used for SVC control when the load cannot be disconnected.
2: Rotational auto-tuning (suggested to be used for SVC control)
Press the <Run> button on the operating panel to start auto-tuning. In the process of auto-tuning, a status code 'tUnE' will be displayed on the operating panel.
When the auto-tuning process is complete, the status code disappears and the settings of the following parameters will be obtained automatically:
Static auto-tuning
√
√
√
√
–
–
√
√
√
√
Rotational auto-tuning Parameters obtained by auto-tuning
√
√
√
C1.12: Motor rated slip frequency
C1.20: Motor no-load current
C1.21: Stator resistance
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
C1.22: Rotor resistance
C1.23: Leakage inductance
C1.24: Mutual inductance
C3.05: Current loop proportional gain
C3.06: Current loop integral time
C3.00: Speed loop proportional gain
C3.01: Speed loop integral time
Tab. 11-6: Parameters obtained by auto-tuning
76/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Quick Start
11.5 Possible Errors during Quick Start and Respective Solutions
Errors
Over current (SC, OC-1 or OC-2) occurs during acceleration
Over voltage (OE-3) occurs during deceleration
Over current (SC, OC-1 or OC-2) occurs immediately after pressing the <Run> button
The motor runs in the direction opposite to expected
The motor vibrates and runs in uncertain directions after each starting
Solutions
Increase the acceleration time
Increase the deceleration time
Incorrect wiring. Check if U, V, W outputs of the main circuit are shorted or grounded
Change the sequence of any two phases of U, V and W
One phase of U, V and W is disconnected (output phase loss)
Tab. 11-7: Solutions for simple errors during commissioning
11.6 Restoring Parameters to Factory Defaults
If the frequency converter fails to run the motor due to incorrect parameter settings, a simple solution is to initialize the parameters to factory defaults. Setting
[b0.10] = 1 will start initialization.
Please be sure that the parameter settings match with the motor and the field applications after factory defaults restore. Adjust the parameter settings after factory defaults restore if necessary.
Output frequency
Acceleration / deceleration time
Protection mode in case of motor overload or overheat
Operating panel operation
V/f curve mode
Set by the potentiometer (E0.00)
Linear, Acc. for 5 s / Dec. for 5 s (E0.26, E0.27)
Motor rated current (C1.07), Motor thermal protection time constant (C1.74), low speed derating frequency (C1.75), and zero speed load (C1.76)
<Run>, <Stop> buttons as command sources, potentiometer as frequency setting source
Linear
Tab. 11-8: Parameter settings by factory defaults
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
77/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
EFC x610 Series
12 Functions and Parameters
12.1 Basic Settings
12.1.1 Parameter Group Access Control
This function is used to set parameters or read parameter settings fast. Five access modes are available with parameter b0.00.
Code Name b0.00
Access authority setting
Setting range
0...4
Default
0
Min.
–
Attri.
Run
For terminologies and abbreviations, see
chapter 19.3.1 "Terminology and Abbreviation in Parameter List" on page 253 .
●
0: Basic parameters
ONLY parameters in group b0, d0, C0, E0, U0, U1 are visible.
●
●
●
1: Standard parameters
Parameters in group C1, C2, C3, E5, E8 are ADDITIONALLY visible.
2: Advanced parameters
Parameters in group E1, E2, E3, E4, E9 are ADDITIONALLY visible.
3: Start-up parameters
Parameters in group b0, d0 and
chapter 11.2 "Quick Start Parameters" on page 74 are visible.
chapter 19.3.6 "Group d0: Monitoring Parameters" on page 274
are always visible.
●
4: Modified parameters
This option provides the possibility for users to view or modify the parameter settings which have been modified and different than default settings.
When [b0.00] = 4:
– Parameters in group b0, group d0 and an additional group '-PF-' are visible.
– Parameter settings can be modified directly once group '-PF-' has been accessed to.
●
●
●
If a parameter in group '-PF-' is changed back to its default setting, that parameter is still visible in group '-PF-'. It is invisible after exit from and re-access to group '-PF-'.
Parameters b0.10, b0.11, b0.20, b0.21, C1.01, C0.17, C0.53,
E9.05…E9.07, E9.10…E9.15 are excluded for this function.
Accessing to group '-PF-' if no parameter has been changed, the warning message 'noCP' will be displayed for 1.5 s, and then '-PF-' will be displayed again.
78/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
12.1.2 Parameter Initialization
This function is used to restore parameter settings to factory defaults when a frequency converter fails to drive the motor due to wrong parameter settings.
Be sure that the parameter settings match with the motor data and the actual applications after factory defaults restore. Adjust the parameter default settings if necessary.
Code Name b0.10
Parameter initialization
Setting range
0...2
Default Min.
Attri.
0 – Stop
●
●
●
0: Inactive
This parameter will be reset to '0: Inactive' automatically after parameter initialization.
1: Restore to default settings
All parameters are restored to factory default settings except for:
– C0.51 (Fan total running time)
– C1.00…C1.24 (Motor parameters)
– E9.05…E9.07, E9.10…E9.15 (Error records)
– d0.23 (Power stage running time)
2: Clear error record
Parameter E9.05… E9.07, E9.10…E9.15 (Error records) will be cleared.
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
79/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
EFC x610 Series
12.1.3 Parameter Replication
This function is used for setting multiple frequency converters with the same settings via the operating panel.
With this function, users only need set parameters of one frequency converter
(source converter), and then replicate its settings for all the other frequency converters (target converters).
Code Name b0.11
Parameter replication
Setting range
0...2
Default Min.
Attri.
0 – Stop
●
●
●
0: Inactive
This parameter will be reset to '0: Inactive' automatically after parameter replication.
1: Backup parameters to panel (from source converter to panel)
All parameter settings are copied from the source frequency converter to the operating panel EXCEPT that of
– Read-only parameters
– C0.51 (Fan total running time)
– E9.05…E9.07, E9.10…E9.15 (Error records)
– d0.23 (Power stage running time)
2: Restore parameters from panel (from panel to target converters)
All parameter settings are replicated from the operating panel to the target frequency converters EXCEPT that of
– Read-only parameters
– C0.51 (Fan total running time)
– E9.05…E9.07, E9.10…E9.15 (Error records)
– d0.23 (Power stage running time)
●
●
Read-only parameters are marked with Read in parameter list, see
chapter 19.3.1 "Terminology and Abbreviation in Parameter List" on page 253
Any of other operations is inactive in parameter replication
80/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
12.1.4 Password Protection
Two types of passwords are available, user password and manufacturer password:
●
●
User password: used to protect parameter settings from unauthorized or unintended changes.
Manufacturer password: for service ONLY.
Code Name b0.20 User password b0.21 Manufacturer password
Setting range
0...65,535
0...65,535
Default Min.
Attri.
0
0
1
1
Run
Stop
Possible operations with passwords are as below:
●
Set user password
●
●
The default setting of user password is '0' (inactive). Enter any integer number between 1 and 65,535.
Change user password
Enter the existing user password first, and then modify the value with entering another integer number between 1 and 65,535.
Clear user password
Enter the existing user password without entering and saving any number.
●
●
●
Without entering or entering a wrong password, all parameters except for b0.00 'Access authority setting', can only be read, while parameter modification or replication is impossible.
Contact with service if you forget the user password.
User password protection does not affect frequency adjustment with <▲> and <▼> buttons in running status or frequency saving.
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
81/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
EFC x610 Series
12.2 Input and Output Terminals Configuration
12.2.1 Digital Input Configuration
5 multi-function digital inputs are available with PNP and NPN wiring.
Code
E1.00
E1.01
E1.02
E1.03
E1.04
Name
X1 input
X2 input
X3 input
X4 input
X5 input
Setting range
0...41
0...47
Default Min.
Attri.
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
Stop
Stop
Stop
Stop
Stop
●
●
●
●
0: No function assigned
1: Multi-speed control input 1
2: Multi-speed control input 2
3: Multi-speed control input 3
●
4: Multi-speed control input 4
16 multi-speeds are available by combination of 4 terminals, see
chapter "Adjust the setting frequency by multi-speed function" on page 103
.
●
●
●
10: Acceleration / deceleration time 1 activation
11: Acceleration / deceleration time 2 activation
12: Acceleration / deceleration time 3 activation
Used to switch between 8 groups of acceleration / deceleration time, see
chapter 12.4.3 "Acceleration and Deceleration Configuration" on page 110 .
●
●
15: Freewheeling stop activation
'Freewheeling stop activation' generates a stop command and forces the frequency converter to freewheel to stop regardless of the stopping mode configured by E0.50.
16: Stop DC-braking activation
This function is used when stopping mode is set with [E0.50] = '0: Decelerating stop'.
See
chapter 12.5.5 "Stop Behavior Setting" on page 125
●
●
●
20: Frequency Up command
21: Frequency Down command
22: Up / Down command reset
Used to change the output frequency, see
chapter "Adjust the setting frequency by digital input Up / Down command" on page 101 .
●
23: Torque / speed control switch
82/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
●
25: 3-wire running control
Used for the 3-wire control mode, see chapter 12.6.3 "2-wire / 3-wire Control
(Forward / stop, reverse / stop)" on page 134
.
●
26: Simple PLC stop
●
27: Simple PLC pause
Used for the simple PLC to stop and pause a PLC cycle, see
"Stop and Pause Simple PLC Control" on page 148 .
●
30: Second frequency setting source activation
Used for switching to the second frequency setting source, see
chapter "Frequency setting source switching" on page 97 .
●
31: Second run command source activation
Used for switching to the second run command source, see
chapter "Switch between first and second run command source" on page 117 .
●
32: Error signal N.O. contact input
●
33: Error signal N.C. contact input
Used for receive error signal from external sources, see
chapter 12.10.2 "Reaction to External Error Signals" on page 166 .
●
34: Error reset input
Used for error reset operation, see
chapter 13.5 "Error Handling" on page
.
●
●
35: Forward running (FWD)
36: Reverse running (REV)
Used for Run / Stop command control, see
chapter 12.5 "Run- / Stop- / Direction Command Source" on page 116
.
●
●
37: Forward jog
38: Reverse jog
See chapter 12.6.2 "Jog Function" on page 132 .
●
●
39: Counter input
40: Counter reset
See chapter 12.7.1 "Counter Function" on page 139
.
●
41: PID deactivation
See chapter 12.9 "PID Control" on page 151
.
●
47: Pulse input mode activation (ONLY for X5 input)
See chapter 12.2.2 " X5 Pulse Input Configuration" on page 84 .
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
83/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
EFC x610 Series
12.2.2 X5 Pulse Input Configuration
X5 digital input can also be used to receive pulse signal with a 30...70 % duty ratio. This pulse input can be used in 3 purposes:
●
Frequency setting source
See
chapter 12.4.2 "Select the Frequency Setting Source" on page 96
.
●
●
PID reference
PID feedback
See
chapter 12.9.2 "Selecting the Reference and Feedback" on page 152 .
To use 'X5 pulse input' as the frequency source, take following steps:
Step 1: Activate terminal 'X5 input' with pulse input function
Code
E1.04 X5 input
Name Setting range
47: Pulse input mode activation
Default
0
Min.
1
Attri.
Stop
Step 2: Set the maximum input frequency and filter time
Code Name
E1.25 Pulse input maximum frequency
E1.26 Pulse input filter time
Setting range
0.0...50.0 kHz
0.000...2.000 s
Default Min.
Attri.
50.0
0.1
Run
0.100
0.001
Run
Step 3: Select pulse input curve
[E1.68] bit 2 bit 1 bit 0
5
6
7
2
3
0
1
4
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
Curve for AI1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
Curve for AI2
1
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
Tab. 12-1: Curve configuration
[E1.70]...[E1.73] are used to define characteristics of curve 1:
Code Name
E1.68 Analog setting curve selection
E1.70 Input curve 1 minimum
E1.71 Input curve 1 minimum value
E1.72 Input curve 1 maximum
E1.73 Input curve 1 maximum value
Setting range
0...7
0.0 %...[E1.72]
0.00...[E0.09] Hz
[E1.70]...100.0 %
0.00...[E0.09] Hz
Default
0
0.0
0.00
100.0
50.00
Curve for pulse input
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
2
Min.
–
0.1
Attri.
Run
Run
0.01
Run
0.1
Run
0.01
Run
84/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
Fig. 12-1: Curve 1
[E1.75]...[E1.78] are used to define characteristics of curve 2:
Code Name
E1.68 Analog setting curve selection
E1.75 Input curve 2 minimum
E1.76 Input curve 2 minimum value
E1.77 Input curve 2 maximum
E1.78 Input curve 2 maximum value
0...7
Setting range
0.0 %...[E1.77]
0.00...[E0.09] Hz
[E1.75]...100.0 %
0.00...[E0.09] Hz
Default
0
0.0
0.00
100.0
50.00
Min.
Attri.
– Run
0.1
Run
0.01
Run
0.1
Run
0.01
Run
Fig. 12-2: Curve 2
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
85/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
EFC x610 Series
12.2.3 Analog Input Configuration
Please read through the information on 'Wiring diagram' and 'Terminals' before configuration of 'Analog inputs AI1, AI2', see
chapter 8 "Frequency Converter
and
chapter "Analog inputs" on page 41 respectively. To con-
figure these two inputs, take the following steps:
Step 1: Select the input mode
Code Name
E1.35 AI1 input mode
E1.40 AI2 input mode
0: 0...20 mA
1: 4...20 mA
2: 0...10 V
3: 0...5 V
4: 2…10 V
Setting range Default Min.
Attri.
2 – Run
1 – Run
When AI1 or AI2 is set to 4...20 mA, or 2...10 V, the broken wire de-
tection for analog input can be configured, see chapter "Analog Input
Broken Wire Detection" on page 165
.
Step 2: Set the channel gain and filter time
Code Name
E1.38 AI1 gain
E1.43 AI2 gain
E1.69 Analog channel filter time
Setting range
0.00...10.00
0.00...10.00
0.000...2.000 s
Default Min.
Attri.
1.00
0.01
Run
1.00
0.01
Run
0.100
0.001
Run
When AI1 or AI2 input is used as the reference frequency input channel, see
chapter "Adjust the setting frequency by analog input AI1, AI2" on page 100
.
Step 3: Select input curve
AI1 and AI2 inputs can use both curve 1 and curve 2, see
Pulse Input Configuration" on page 84
.
86/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
12.2.4 Digital Output Configuration
Please read through the information on 'Wiring diagram' and 'Terminals' before configuration of 'Digital output', see
chapter 8 "Frequency Converter Wiring" on page 31 and
chapter "Digital outputs" on page 42 respectively. To configure this
output DO1, take the following steps:
Step 1: Select the output signal
●
Code Name
E2.01 DO1 output selection
E2.15 Relay1 output selection
Setting range
0...20
0...20
Default
0
1
Min.
–
–
Attri.
Stop
Stop
0: Converter ready
After powering on, if no error occurs and there is no run command or output active indication, the frequency converter is ready for running.
●
1: Converter running
The output is active when the frequency converter is running and has frequency output (including 0.00 Hz).
●
2: Converter DC-braking
The output is active when the frequency converter is in Start- or Stop- DC braking, see
chapter "DC-braking before start" on page 121 and
chapter "DCbraking during deceleration to stop" on page 126
.
●
3: Converter running at zero speed
The output is active when the frequency converter is running at zero speed.
There is no output for this selection during dead zone time of rotation direction change.
●
4: Speed arrival
See chapter 12.7.2 "Frequency Arrival" on page 141 .
●
5: Frequency level detection signal (FDT1)
6: Frequency level detection signal (FDT2)
See chapter 12.7.3 "Frequency Level Detection" on page 142
.
●
7: Simple PLC stage complete
8: Simple PLC cycle complete
See chapter 12.8.4 "Stop and Pause Simple PLC Control" on page 148
.
●
10: Converter undervoltage
The output is active when DC-bus voltage is lower than 230 VDC (1P 200 VAC models) / 430 VDC (3P 400 VAC models). The output will be inactive when
DC-bus voltage resumes and becomes stable.
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
87/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
EFC x610 Series
●
●
In addition, this digital output will be activated by any soft start error.
11: Converter overload pre-warning
See
chapter "Overload pre-warning" on page 161
.
12: Motor overload pre-warning
See
chapter "Motor overload pre-warning" on page 168 .
●
13: Converter stop by external error
See
chapter 12.10.2 "Reaction to External Error Signals" on page 166 .
●
●
14: Converter error
The output is active when an error occurs, inactive when the error is reset, see
chapter 13.4 "Error Code" on page 192
.
15: Converter OK
The output is inactive when the frequency converter is powered off or encounters error / warning during running. The output is active when the frequency converter is powered on but not running, or the frequency converter is running without error / warning.
●
16: Target counter value arrival
17: Middle counter value arrival
Used for the counter function, see
chapter 12.7.1 "Counter Function" on page
●
●
●
18: PID reference engineering value arrival
Used for PID function, see chapter 12.9 "PID Control" on page 151
.
19: Pulse output mode (only available with DO1 output selection)
See 'Step 2: Use DO1 in pulse output mode'.
20: Torque control mode
See
chapter "Torque control mode" on page 187 .
Step 2: Use DO1 in pulse output mode
Code Name
E2.01 DO1 output selection
Setting range
19: Pulse output mode
0: Converter output frequency
E2.02 DO1 pulse output selection 1: Converter output voltage
2: Converter output current
E2.03 Pulse output maximum frequency 0.1...32.0 kHz
Default Min.
0
0
32.0
–
–
0.1
Attri.
Stop
Stop
Run
88/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
12.2.5 Analog Output Configuration
Step 1: Set AO1 output mode
Code Name
E2.25 AO1 output mode
0: 0...10 V
1: 0...20 mA
Setting range Default Min.
Attri.
0 – Run
Step 2: Select AO1 output signal
●
Code Name
E2.26 AO1 output selection 0...11
Setting range
1P 200 VAC: 200...240 V
3P 400 VAC: 380...480 V
Default Min.
Attri.
0 – Run
220
380
1 Stop
0: Running frequency
Represents the actual output frequency between 0.00…[E0.08] Hz.
●
1: Setting frequency
Represents the setting frequency between 0.00…[E0.08] Hz.
●
2: Output current
Represents the 0…2 x [rated current].
●
4: Output voltage
Represents 0...1.2 x [rated voltage], which is defined by parameter E2.40.
●
5: Output power, represents 0…1.2 x [rated power]
●
6: Analog input voltage, represents AI1 input value
●
7: Analog input current, represents AI2 input value
●
11: Motor temperature sensor power
Provides current source for motor temperature sensor, see
chapter "Motor thermal protection with temperature sensor" on page 169
.
Step 3: Set AO1 filter time and output curve
Code Name
E2.27 AO1 gain setting
E2.50 Output curve 1 minimum
E2.51 Output curve 1 minimum value
E2.52 Output curve 1 maximum
E2.53 Output curve 1 maximum value
Setting range
0.0...10.00
0.0 %...[E2.52]
0.00...100.00 %
[E2.50]...100.0 %
0.00...100.00 %
Default Min.
Attri.
1.00
0.01
Run
0.0
0.1
Run
0.00
0.01
Run
100.0
0.1
Run
100.00
0.01
Run
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
89/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
AO1
Ref.
OUT
AO1 output
Reference
Fig. 12-3: AO1 output curve
EFC x610 Series
90/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
12.3 Power Stage Configuration
12.3.1 Set the Control Mode
This function is ONLY available with Frequency Converter EFC 5610. For Frequency Converter EFC 3610, ONLY 'V/f control' is available.
Code Name
C0.00
Control mode (EFC 5610 only)
Setting range
0, 1
Default Min.
Attri.
0 – Stop
●
●
0: V/f control. This mode is active by default.
1: Sensorless vector control (SVC control)
Once this mode is active, parameters concerning Motor parameterization and
SVC control also need to be set properly. See
chapter 12.11.1 "Motor Parameterization" on page 173 and
chapter 12.11.3 "EFC 5610 - SVC Control" on page 186
respectively.
12.3.2 Normal / Heavy Duty Setting
This function is used for switching the duty mode of a frequency converter according to the load type of the actual application. This function is ONLY available with Frequency Converter EFC 3610. For Frequency Converter EFC 5610, ONLY
'HD' is available.
Code
C0.01
Name
Normal / Heavy duty setting
(EFC 3610 only)
Setting range
0, 1
Default Min.
Attri.
1 – Stop
●
●
0: ND (Normal duty)
Change the duty mode to 'Normal duty' by modifying the parameter setting from '1' to '0' according to the actual application.
Example:
A motor of 7.5 kW is used to drive a light load, e.g. a fan:
– Select a Frequency Converter EFC 3610 of 5.5 kW (5K50).
– Modify the duty mode of the frequency converter from 'Heavy duty' to 'Normal duty'.
1: HD (Heavy duty). This mode is set by default.
Example:
A motor of 7.5 kW is used to drive a heavy load, e.g. a compressor:
– Select a Frequency Converter EFC 3610 of 7.5 kW (7K50).
For overload capability and output current in ND and HD modes, see
chapter 6.1.2 "Output" on page 18 .
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
91/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
EFC x610 Series
12.3.3 Carrier Frequency Setting
Code
C0.05 Carrier frequency
Name
C0.06 Carrier frequency automatic adjustment
Setting range
1...15 kHz
0: Inactive
1: Active
Default Min.
Attri.
ND: 4
HD: 6
0
1
–
Run
Stop
The carrier frequency is 4 kHz for ND models, 6 kHz for HD models by default.
With setting parameter C0.05, the carrier frequency can be modified to an integer value of 1...15 kHz. The relationship between the carrier frequency, heat dissipation, noise level, and leakage current and interference is shown as below:
Higher carrier frequency
Lower carrier frequency
Heat dissipation
Higher
Lower
Noise
Lower
Higher
Leakage current and interference
Higher
Lower
Tab. 12-2: Influence of carrier frequency
For derating figures related to carrier frequency, see
To achieve optimized performance, the carrier frequency setting should follow the equation: [C0.05] ≥ 10 x [E0.08].
With [C0.06] = 1, the carrier frequency can also be changed automatically to keep the power module temperature within the normal range.
92/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
12.3.4 Fan Control
This function is used to set the running mode of the fan for the heat sink.
The fan for the capacitor is switched on and running all the time once the frequency converter is powered on.
●
●
Code
C0.50
Name
Fan control
Setting range
0: Automatically controlled
1: Always on
Default
0
Min.
–
Attri.
Run
0: Automatically controlled
The fan for the heat sink is by default switched on / off automatically according to the temperature of the heat sink. In this mode, the noise level of the frequency converter can be reduced.
1: Always on
The fan for the heat sink is switched on and running all the time once the frequency converter is powered on. In this mode, a better cooling performance of the frequency converter can be achieved.
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
93/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
EFC x610 Series
12.3.5 Fan Maintenance Reminder
This function is used to remind users maintaining the cooling fan in time. The maintenance time can be set according to the actual application conditions.
Code Name
C0.51 Fan total running time
C0.52 Fan maintenance time
C0.53 Fan total running time reset
Setting range
0...65,535 h
0...65,535 h
0: Inactive
1: Active
Default Min.
Attri.
0 1 Read
0 1 Stop
0 – Run
To use this function, take the following steps:
Step 1: Set the maintenance time of the fan properly
Set parameter C0.52 'Fan maintenance time' according to the actual application conditions after 'Quick Start' of the frequency converter.
Step 2: Observe the fan lifetime status at warning
When a warning code 'FLE' (Fan maintenance period expired) is displayed on the operating panel, [C0.51] 'Fan total running time' is higher than [C0.52] 'Fan maintenance time'.
●
Pause the display of the warning code 'FLE' by pressing the <Func> button.
●
Perform fan maintenance or replacement.
Step 3: Reset the fan lifetime counter after fan maintenance or replacement
●
Set parameter C0.53 'Fan total running time reset' to '1: Active'
●
After the execution, [C0.53] and [C0.51] will be reset to '0' automatically. By now, the warning code 'FLE' is cleared completely.
Adjust the value of C0.52 'Fan maintenance time' if necessary
94/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
12.4 Basic Frequency Setting Sources
12.4.1 Function Description
Four means of frequency setting sources are available with priority (0, 1, 2, 3) as shown in the figure below.
Only frequency setting source of the fourth priority '3: Basic frequency setting sources' is introduced in this chapter. Other frequency setting sources of '0: PID control', '1: Simple PLC' and '2: Jog function' will be introduced later in separate chapters.
2
3 f
Set
Third priority (Jog function)
Fourth priority (Basic frequency setting sources)
Setting frequency
The frequency setting source switching and combination cannot be active at the same time.
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
95/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
EFC x610 Series
12.4.2 Select the Frequency Setting Source
General setting
Different frequency setting sources can be selected by setting parameter E0.00
'First frequency setting source' or E0.02 'Second frequency setting source'.
Code Name
E0.00 First frequency setting source
E0.02 Second frequency setting source
Setting range
0...21
0...21
Default
0
2
Min.
–
–
Attri.
Stop
Stop
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
0: Panel potentiometer
The setting frequency is set by adjusting the potentiometer on the operating panel.
1: Panel button setting
The setting frequency is set by parameter E0.07 'Digital setting frequency'.
Pressing <▼> and <▲> buttons on the operating panel will decrease and increase the output frequency respectively when the frequency converter is running.
2: AI1 analog input
The setting frequency is set by AI1 input.
3: AI2 analog input
The setting frequency is set by AI2 input.
10: X5 pulse input
The setting frequency is set by pulse input via X5 input.
11: Digital input Up / Down command
The setting frequency is set by command of Up / Down / Reset via X1…X5 inputs.
20: Communication
The setting frequency is set by engineering software, PLC or other external device via Modbus protocol.
21: Multi-speed settings
The setting frequency is set by multi-speed settings.
96/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
Frequency setting source switching
When [E0.04] = 0, 'Frequency setting source combination' is inactive. The setting frequency can be switched between the first and second frequency setting source by X1…X5 digital input.
If status of the selected digital input is changed when frequency converter is running, the frequency setting source will be switched instantly and the frequency converter will accelerate / decelerate according to the actual setting frequency of respective frequency setting source.
The active / inactive of the selected digital input is triggered by voltage level, instead of the edge.
Code Name
E1.00
X1 input
E1.01
X2 input
E1.02
X3 input
E1.03
X4 input
E1.04
X5 input
Setting range
30: Second frequency setting source activation
Default Min.
Attri.
0 1 Stop
0
0
1
1
Stop
Stop
0
0
1
1
Stop
Stop
To use the frequency setting source switching function, take the following steps:
Step 1: Check and be sure that [E0.04] = '0: No combination'
Step 2: Select the second frequency setting source by setting parameter E0.02
Step 3: Configure the setting frequency for the selected frequency setting source
Step 4: Select a digital input terminal from X1…X5, and set its function to '30:
Second frequency setting source activation'
Example:
[E0.00] = '0: Panel potentiometer', the setting frequency of the first frequency setting source is 30.00 Hz.
[E0.02] = '3: AI2 analog input', the setting frequency of the second frequency setting source is 50.00 Hz.
Set [E1.00] = 30, X1 is used to switch the setting frequency between the first and the second frequency sources.
●
When X1 input is inactive, the actual setting frequency is 30.00 Hz set by panel potentiometer.
●
When X1 input is active, the actual setting frequency is 50.00 Hz ste by AI2 analog input and the converter accelerates from 30.00 Hz to 50.00 Hz.
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
97/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
EFC x610 Series
Frequency setting sources combination
It is possible to combine the two frequency setting sources for complicated applications.
f
SRC1 f
SRC2
First frequency setting source
Second frequency setting source
Fig. 12-5: Combination of frequency sources
Code
E0.04
Name
Frequency setting source combination f
Set
Setting frequency
Setting range
0...2
Default Min.
Attri.
0 – Stop
●
0: No combination
By default, actual setting frequency is set by 'First frequency setting source'.
'Second frequency setting source' can be activated by one of X1…X5 digital
inputs, see chapter "Frequency setting source switching" on page 97
.
●
1: First frequency setting + Second frequency setting
The actual setting frequency is the result of the addition operation of the first and second frequency setting sources.
●
2: First frequency setting - Second frequency setting
The actual setting frequency is the result of the subtraction operation of the first and second frequency setting sources.
98/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
To use the frequency setting source combination function, take the following steps:
Step 1: Be sure that [E1.00] ≠ '30: Second frequency setting source activation' to deactivate the frequency setting source switching function
Step 2: Set parameter E0.00 and E0.02 to select the first and second frequency setting sources
Step 3: Set parameter [E0.04] = 1 or 2 according to the actual application
The result of the combination is always limited within the range of
0.00…[E0.09] Hz.
Adjust the setting frequency by panel potentiometer
By default, the first frequency setting source is from the potentiometer on the operating panel. To adjust the output frequency, follow the instructions below:
●
Rotate the potentiometer counterclockwise (leftwards)
●
The output frequency decreases, and the motor decelerates.
Rotate the potentiometer clockwise (rightwards)
The output frequency increases, and the motor accelerates.
Adjust the setting frequency by panel button
The setting frequency of the first and second frequency setting sources can be adjusted by pressing the <▲> / <▼> button on the operating panel.
Code Name
E0.00 First frequency setting source
E0.02 Second frequency setting source
E0.07 Digital setting frequency
Setting range
1: Panel button setting
0.00...[E0.09] Hz
Default
0
2
Min.
–
–
Attri.
Stop
Stop
50.00
0.01
Run
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
99/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
EFC x610 Series
Adjust the setting frequency by analog input AI1, AI2
When analog input AI1, AI2 is used as the frequency setting source, the relationship between AI1, AI2 and the setting frequency is shown as the figure below:
Fig. 12-6: AI1, AI2 and setting frequency
To set analog input AI1, AI2 properly, see
chapter 12.2.3 "Analog Input Configuration" on page 86 .
Adjust the setting frequency by X5 pulse input
When X5 pulse input is used as the frequency setting source, the setting frequency can be changed by changing the pulse frequency.
By default, 'Pulse input maximum frequency' [E1.25] = 50.0 kHz, which can be adjusted according to the actual application.
Fig. 12-7: X5 pulse input and setting frequency
To set X5 pulse input properly, see
chapter 12.2.2 " X5 Pulse Input
100/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
Adjust the setting frequency by digital input Up / Down command
The setting frequency can also be adjusted with command of Up / Down / Reset, by setting the status of digital inputs X1…X5.
The setting frequency will increase with Up command active, decrease with
Down command active, reset to '0' with Reset command active.
To use this function, take the following steps:
Step 1: Set the frequency setting source
Set either the first or the second frequency setting source to '11: Digital input
Up / Down command'.
Code Name
E0.00 First frequency setting source
E0.02 Second frequency setting source
Setting range
11: Digital input Up / Down command
Default Min.
Attri.
0 – Stop
2 – Stop
Step 2: Select any 3 digital inputs and define functions accordingly
Code
E1.00
E1.01
E1.02
E1.03
E1.04
Name
X1 input
X2 input
X3 input
X4 input
X5 input
Setting range
20: Frequency Up command
21: Frequency Down command
22: Up / Down command reset
Default
0
0
0
0
0
Min.
1
1
1
1
1
Attri.
Stop
Stop
Stop
Stop
Stop
Step 3: Set the change rate and initial frequency for Up / Down operation
Code Name Setting range
E1.16 Up / Down terminal change rate 0.10...100.00 Hz/s
E1.17 Up / Down terminal initial frequency 0.00...[E0.09] Hz
Example: [E1.00] = 20, [E1.01] = 21, [E1.02] = 22
Default
1.00
0.00
Min.
0.01
0.01
Attri.
Run
Run
Fig. 12-8: External control terminals
Connect switch K1 to X1, and set [E1.00] = '20: Frequency Up command'.
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
101/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
EFC x610 Series
Connect switch K2 to X2, and set [E1.01] = '21: Frequency Down command'.
Connect switch K3 to X3, and set [E1.02] = '22: Up / Down command reset'.
K1
Closed / Open
Closed
Open
Open
Closed
K2
Closed / Open
Open
Closed
Open
Closed
K3
Closed
Open
Open
Open
Open
Response of setting frequency
Is reset to 0.00 Hz
Increases from [E1.17] with the change rate defined by [E1.16]
Decreases from [E1.17] with the change rate defined by [E1.16]
No change
No change
Tab. 12-3: K1, K2, K3 settings
Up / Down / Reset command is only active when the frequency converter is running. Whether the setting frequency modified by Up /
Down terminals will be saved or not after power off depends on
[E0.06], see
chapter 12.4.5 "Frequency Setting Saving" on page
.
102/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
Adjust the setting frequency by multi-speed function
Multi-speed function offers flexible, switchable 16 independent stages of setting frequency. The rotation direction of each stage depends on both the 'Stage action' and the 'Run command source', see the table below:
Frequency source Run command source
Multi-speed
Operating panel
External terminals
Communication
Rotation direction
[E3.60], [E3.62], [E3.64], [E3.66]
[E3.68], [E3.70], [E3.72], [E3.74]
[E3.76], [E3.78], [E3.80], [E3.82]
[E3.84], [E3.86], [E3.88], [E3.90]
8 or less stages: 2-wire control
9 or more stages: parameters
Set by communication
Acc. / Dec. time
[E0.26] / [E0.27]
[E3.10] / [E3.11]
[E3.12] / [E3.13]
[E3.14] / [E3.15]
[E3.16] / [E3.17]
[E3.18] / [E3.19]
[E3.20] / [E3.21]
[E3.22] / [E3.23]
Tab. 12-4: Setting frequency and multi-speed settings
To configure the multi-speed settings, take the following steps:
Step 1: Activate multi-speed function
Code Name
E0.00 First frequency setting source
E0.02 Second frequency setting source
Setting range
21: Multi-speed settings
Default Min.
Attri.
0 – Stop
2 – Stop
Step 2: Select any 3 digital inputs and define functions accordingly
Assign functions to X1...X5 input properly when 'Acceleration / deceleration time activation' and '2-wire / 3-wire running control' are also necessary defined via digital inputs.
Setting range Code
E1.00
E1.01
E1.02
E1.03
E1.04
Name
X1 input
X2 input
X3 input
X4 input
X5 input
1: Multi-speed control input 1
2: Multi-speed control input 2
3: Multi-speed control input 3
4: Multi-speed control input 4
Default Min.
Attri.
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
Stop
Stop
Stop
Stop
Stop
Step 3: Configure the setting frequency for each stage
If the setting frequency of next stage is lower than that of the current stage, it will decelerate to the next stage with the deceleration time of the current stage; if the setting frequency of next stage is higher than that of the current stage, it will accelerate to the next stage with the acceleration time of next stage.
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
103/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
EFC x610 Series
Code Name
E0.07 Digital setting frequency
E3.40 Multi-speed frequency 1
E3.41 Multi-speed frequency 2
E3.42 Multi-speed frequency 3
E3.43 Multi-speed frequency 4
E3.44 Multi-speed frequency 5
E3.45 Multi-speed frequency 6
E3.46 Multi-speed frequency 7
E3.47 Multi-speed frequency 8
E3.48 Multi-speed frequency 9
E3.49 Multi-speed frequency 10
E3.50 Multi-speed frequency 11
E3.51 Multi-speed frequency 12
E3.52 Multi-speed frequency 13
E3.53 Multi-speed frequency 14
E3.54 Multi-speed frequency 15
Setting range
0.00...[E0.09] Hz
0.00...[E0.09] Hz
0.00...[E0.09] Hz
0.00...[E0.09] Hz
0.00...[E0.09] Hz
0.00...[E0.09] Hz
0.00...[E0.09] Hz
0.00...[E0.09] Hz
0.00...[E0.09] Hz
0.00...[E0.09] Hz
0.00...[E0.09] Hz
0.00...[E0.09] Hz
0.00...[E0.09] Hz
0.00...[E0.09] Hz
0.00...[E0.09] Hz
0.00...[E0.09] Hz
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
Default Min.
Attri.
50.00
0.01
Run
0.00
0.00
0.01
0.01
Run
Run
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
Run
Run
Run
Run
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
0.01
Run
Run
Run
Run
Run
0.01
Run
0.01
Run
0.01
Run
Run
Step 4: Set the acceleration time / deceleration time, rotation direction for each stage
Code Name
E3.60 Stage 0 action
E3.62 Stage 1 action
E3.64 Stage 2 action
E3.66 Stage 3 action
E3.68 Stage 4 action
E3.70 Stage 5 action
E3.72 Stage 6 action
E3.74 Stage 7 action
E3.76 Stage 8 action
E3.78 Stage 9 action
E3.80 Stage 10 action
E3.82 Stage 11 action
E3.84 Stage 12 action
E3.86 Stage 13 action
E3.88 Stage 14 action
E3.90 Stage 15 action
Setting range
011, 012, 013, 014, 015, 016 ,017,
018, 021, 022, 023, 024, 025, 026,
027, 028, 031, 032, 033, 034, 035,
036, 037, 038, 041, 042, 043, 044,
045, 046, 047, 048, 051, 052, 053,
054, 055, 056, 057, 058, 061, 062,
063, 064, 065, 066, 067, 068, 071,
072, 073, 074, 075, 076, 077, 078,
081, 082, 083, 084, 085, 086, 087,
088, 111, 112, 113, 114, 115, 116,
117, 118, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125,
126, 127, 128, 131, 132, 133, 134,
135, 136, 137, 138, 141, 142, 143,
144, 145, 146, 147, 148, 151, 152,
153, 154, 155, 156, 157, 158, 161,
162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 167, 168,
171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177,
178, 181, 182, 183, 184, 185, 186,
187, 188
Default
011
011
011
011
011
011
011
011
011
011
011
011
011
011
011
011
Min.
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Attri.
Stop
Stop
Stop
Stop
Stop
Stop
Stop
Stop
Stop
Stop
Stop
Stop
Stop
Stop
Stop
Stop
104/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
Code Name
E0.26 Acceleration time
Setting range
0.1...6000.0 s
E0.27 Deceleration time 0.1...6000.0 s
E3.10 Acceleration time 2 0.1...6000.0 s
E3.11 Deceleration time 2 0.1...6000.0 s
E3.12 Acceleration time 3 0.1...6000.0 s
E3.13 Deceleration time 3 0.1...6000.0 s
E3.14 Acceleration time 4 0.1...6000.0 s
E3.15 Deceleration time 4 0.1...6000.0 s
E3.16 Acceleration time 5 0.1...6000.0 s
E3.17 Deceleration time 5 0.1...6000.0 s
E3.18 Acceleration time 6 0.1...6,000.0 s
E3.19 Deceleration time 6 0.1...6,000.0 s
E3.20 Acceleration time 7 0.1...6,000.0 s
E3.21 Deceleration time 7 0.1...6,000.0 s
E3.22 Acceleration time 8 0.1...6,000.0 s
E3.23 Deceleration time 8 0.1...6,000.0 s
The digit definition for each stage action is as the figure below:
Default Min.
Attri.
5.0
0.1
Run
5.0
10.0
10.0
0.1
0.1
0.1
Run
Run
Run
10.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
Run
Run
Run
Run
Run
Run
Run
Run
Run
Run
Run
Run
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
105/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
EFC x610 Series
Fig. 12-9: Bit definition of rotation direction, acceleration and deceleration time
Fig. 12-10: Multi-speed control via digital inputs
Case 1: 8 or less stages
Set [E1.15] = 0 or 1 first.
Connect switch K1 to X1, and set [E1.00] = '1: Multi-speed control input 1'.
Connect switch K2 to X2, and set [E1.01] = '2: Multi-speed control input 2'.
106/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
Connect switch K3 to X3, and set [E1.02] = '3: Multi-speed control input 3'.
Connect switch K4 to X4, and set [E1.03] = '35: Forward running (FWD)'.
Connect switch K5 to X5, and set [E1.04] = '36: Reverse running (REV)'.
K5 K4
See
chapter "2-wire control mode 1" on page 134
and
chapter "2-wire control mode 2 (Forward / reverse, run / stop)" on page 135
K3 K2 K1
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Closed
Closed Open
Closed Closed
Closed Open
Closed Open
Open
Closed
Closed Closed Open
Closed Closed Closed
Open Open Open
Open
Open
Open
Closed
Closed
Open
Open Closed Closed
Closed Open Open
Closed Open Closed
Closed Closed Open
Closed Closed Closed
Setting frequency
[E0.07]
[E3.40]
[E3.41]
[E3.42]
[E3.43]
[E3.44]
[E3.45]
[E3.46]
[E3.47]
[E3.48]
[E3.49]
[E3.50]
[E3.51]
[E3.52]
[E3.53]
[E3.54]
Acc. / Dec. time
[E0.26] / [E0.27]
[E3.10] / [E3.11]
[E3.12] / [E3.13]
[E3.14] / [E3.15]
[E3.16] / [E3.17]
[E3.18] / [E3.19]
[E3.20] / [E3.21]
[E3.22] / [E3.23]
[E0.26] / [E0.27]
[E3.10] / [E3.11]
[E3.12] / [E3.13]
[E3.14] / [E3.15]
[E3.16] / [E3.17]
[E3.18] / [E3.19]
[E3.20] / [E3.21]
[E3.22] / [E3.23]
K4
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Tab. 12-5: Multi-speed settings for 8 or less stages
Case 2: 9 or more stages
Set [E1.15] = 4 first.
Connect switch K1 to X1, and set [E1.00] = '1: Multi-speed control input 1'.
Connect switch K2 to X2, and set [E1.01] = '2: Multi-speed control input 2'.
Connect switch K3 to X3, and set [E1.02] = '3: Multi-speed control input 3'.
Connect switch K4 to X4, and set [E1.03] = '4: Multi-speed control input 4'.
Connect switch K5 to X5, and set [E1.04] = '35: Forward running (FWD)'.
K3 K2 K1
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Closed
Closed Open
Closed Closed
Closed Open
Closed Open
Open
Closed
Closed Closed Open
Closed Closed Closed
Setting frequency
[E0.07]
[E3.40]
[E3.41]
[E3.42]
[E3.43]
[E3.44]
[E3.45]
[E3.46]
Acc. / Dec. time
[E0.26] / [E0.27]
[E3.10] / [E3.11]
[E3.12] / [E3.13]
[E3.14] / [E3.15]
[E3.16] / [E3.17]
[E3.18] / [E3.19]
[E3.20] / [E3.21]
[E3.22] / [E3.23]
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
107/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
EFC x610 Series
K4 K3 K2 K1
Closed Open
Closed Open
Closed Open
Closed Open
Open
Open
Open
Closed
Closed Open
Closed Closed
Closed Closed Open
Closed Closed Open
Open
Closed
Closed Closed Closed Open
Closed Closed Closed Closed
Setting frequency
[E3.47]
[E3.48]
[E3.49]
[E3.50]
[E3.51]
[E3.52]
[E3.53]
[E3.54]
Tab. 12-6: Multi-speed settings for 9 or more stages
Acc. / Dec. time
[E0.26] / [E0.27]
[E3.10] / [E3.11]
[E3.12] / [E3.13]
[E3.14] / [E3.15]
[E3.16] / [E3.17]
[E3.18] / [E3.19]
[E3.20] / [E3.21]
[E3.22] / [E3.23]
K5
Inactive
Active
Status
Stop
Run
Tab. 12-7: Run / Stop control via K5
Direction is controlled by parameters, see
fig. 12-9 "Bit definition of rotation direction, acceleration and deceleration time" on page 106 .
108/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters f out
Output frequency t Time
Fig. 12-11: Multi-speed stage transition
ON Digital input switched on
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
109/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
EFC x610 Series
12.4.3 Acceleration and Deceleration Configuration
Acceleration and deceleration time configuration
Acceleration / deceleration time setting is the time for frequency increase from
0.00 Hz to [E0.08] 'Maximum output frequency' / the time for frequency decrease from [E0.08] to 0.00 Hz respectively.
Fig. 12-12: Acceleration and deceleration time
8 groups of acceleration / deceleration time are available, which can be selected by setting X1...X5 digital inputs.
Code Name
E0.26 Acceleration time
E0.27 Deceleration time
E3.10 Acceleration time 2
E3.11 Deceleration time 2
E3.12 Acceleration time 3
E3.13 Deceleration time 3
E3.14 Acceleration time 4
E3.15 Deceleration time 4
E3.16 Acceleration time 5
E3.17 Deceleration time 5
E3.18 Acceleration time 6
E3.19 Deceleration time 6
E3.20 Acceleration time 7
Setting range
0.1...6,000.0 s
0.1...6,000.0 s
0.1...6,000.0 s
0.1...6,000.0 s
0.1...6,000.0 s
0.1...6,000.0 s
0.1...6,000.0 s
0.1...6,000.0 s
0.1...6,000.0 s
0.1...6,000.0 s
0.1...6,000.0 s
0.1...6,000.0 s
0.1...6,000.0 s
Default Min. Attri.
5.0
5.0
0.1
Run
0.1
Run
10.0
0.1
Run
10.0
0.1
Run
10.0
0.1
Run
10.0
0.1
Run
10.0
0.1
Run
10.0
0.1
Run
10.0
0.1
Run
10.0
0.1
Run
10.0
0.1
Run
10.0
0.1
Run
10.0
0.1
Run
110/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
Code Name
E3.21 Deceleration time 7
E3.22 Acceleration time 8
E3.23 Deceleration time 8
E1.00 X1 input
E1.01 X2 input
E1.02 X3 input
E1.03 X4 input
E1.04 X5 input
Setting range
0.1...6,000.0 s
0.1...6,000.0 s
0.1...6,000.0 s
10: Acceleration / deceleration time 1 activation
11: Acceleration / deceleration time 2 activation
12: Acceleration / deceleration time 3 activation
Default Min. Attri.
10.0
0.1
Run
10.0
0.1
Run
10.0
0.1
Run
0 1 Stop
0
0
0
1 Stop
1 Stop
1 Stop
0 1 Stop
Example:
●
Set [E1.00] 'X1 input' = '10: Acceleration / deceleration time 1 activation'.
●
Set [E1.01] 'X2 input' = '11: Acceleration / deceleration time 2 activation'.
●
Set [E1.02] 'X3 input' = '12: Acceleration / deceleration time 3 activation'.
The 'Acceleration / Deceleration time' configuration is shown as below:
X1
Inactive
Active
Inactive
Active
Inactive
Active
Inactive
Active
X2
Inactive
Inactive
Active
Active
Inactive
Inactive
Active
Active
X3
Inactive
Inactive
Inactive
Inactive
Active
Active
Active
Active
Acceleration time
[E0.26]
[E3.10]
[E3.12]
[E3.14]
[E3.16]
[E3.18]
[E3.20]
[E3.22]
Deceleration time
[E0.27]
[E3.11]
[E3.13]
[E3.15]
[E3.17]
[E3.19]
[E3.21]
[E3.23]
Tab. 12-8: Acceleration / deceleration time configuration
Acceleration and deceleration curve mode configuration
Two curve modes are available for acceleration / deceleration: 'linear curve' and
'S-curve'. The S-curve mode is used to achieve a smooth starting or stopping.
Code Name
E0.25
Acceleration / deceleration curve mode
E0.28 S-curve starting phase factor
E0.29 S-curve stopping phase factor
Setting range
0: Linear mode
1: S-curve
0.0...40.0 %
0.0...40.0 %
Default Min.
Attri.
0
20.0
20.0
–
0.1
0.1
Stop
Stop
Stop
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
111/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
[E0.25] = 0: Linear mode
EFC x610 Series
Fig. 12-13: Linear mode acceleration and deceleration
[E0.25] = 1: S-curve
① [E0.28] Acceleration starting phase
③ [E0.29] Acceleration stopping phase
④ [E0.28] Deceleration starting phase
⑥ [E0.29] Deceleration stopping phase
Fig. 12-14: S-curve acceleration and deceleration
●
●
Stage ①, ③: a percentage of setting acceleration time.
Stage ④, ⑥: a percentage of setting deceleration time.
112/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
12.4.4 Output Frequency Limitation
Direct output frequency limitation
●
●
●
Code Name
E0.08 Maximum output frequency
E0.09 Output frequency high limit
E0.10 Output frequency low limit
Setting range
50.00...400.00 Hz
[E0.10]...[E0.08] Hz
0.00...[E0.09] Hz
Default Min.
Attri.
50.00
0.01
Stop
50.00
0.01
Run
0.00
0.01
Run
Maximum output frequency
The allowed maximum output frequency of the frequency converter.
Output frequency high limit
The allowed maximum output frequency according to the requirements in actual applications.
Output frequency low limit
The allowed minimum output frequency according to the requirements in actual applications.
Behavior at low speed running
Code Name Setting range
E0.15 Low speed running mode
0: Running at 0 Hz
1: Running at low limit frequency
E0.16 Low speed frequency hysteresis 0.00...[E0.10] Hz
Default
0
Min.
1
Attri.
Stop
0.00
0.01
Stop
By default, the frequency converter runs at 0.00 Hz when the output frequency is lower than [E0.10] 'Output frequency low limit'.
●
[E0.15] = 0: Running at 0.00 Hz
Fig. 12-15: Running at 0.00 Hz
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
113/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
EFC x610 Series
For applications, in which the running frequency cannot be too low, define the low limit frequency running mode when the output frequency is lower than
[E0.10] 'Output frequency low limit'.
●
[E0.15] = 1: Running at low limit frequency
Fig. 12-16: Run with low limit frequency
A hysteresis band is set by [E0.16]. If actual setting frequency is higher than
[E0.10] + [E0.16] again, the output frequency will accelerate from [E0.10] to the setting frequency according to the actual acceleration time.
If [E0.10] < [E0.16], [E0.10] will be set as [E0.16] automatically.
114/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
12.4.5 Frequency Setting Saving
With the 'Frequency setting saving' function, unexpected data loss of commissioning or actual application engineering process can be avoided. This function is ONLY active when 'Digital input Up / Down command ' is set as the frequency setting source.
●
Code Name
E0.06 Digital setting frequency saving mode
Setting range
0...3
Default Min.
Attri.
0 1 Stop
0: Not saved when powered off or stopped
By default, the setting frequency configured by <▲> / <▼> or X1...X5 digital inputs will not be saved either at power off or frequency converter stop during fine tuning of the setting frequency in the actual application engineering process.
●
●
●
To avoid unexpected data loss of commissioning or actual application engineering process, one of the following three options may be set according to the actual application conditions:
1: Not saved when powered off; saved when stopped
2: Saved when powered off; not saved when stopped
3: Saved when powered off or stopped
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
115/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
EFC x610 Series
12.5 Run- / Stop- / Direction Command Source
12.5.1 Function Description
The Run- / Stop- / Direction Command can be configured by the following means:
●
First priority: PID control
●
●
Second priority: Simple PLC
Third priority: Jog function
●
Fourth priority: Basic command sources
– 0: Operating panel
– 1: X1...X5 digital inputs
– 2: Communication
The basic Run- / Stop- / Direction command sources are shown in the figure below:
Fig. 12-17: Run command sources
116/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
12.5.2 Run Command Source
First and second run command source configuration
●
●
●
Code Name
E0.01 First run command source
E0.03 Second run command source
Setting range
0...2
0...2
Default Min.
Attri.
0
1
1
1
Stop
Stop
0: Operating panel
Control the frequency converter for run and stop with <Run>, <Stop> buttons on the operating panel.
Control the running direction by setting parameters U0.00 'Panel control direction' and E0.17 'Direction control'.
1: Multi-function digital input
Control the frequency converter for run, stop and running direction by setting
X1…X5 digital inputs.
2: Communication
Control the frequency converter for run, stop and running direction with Modbus communication protocol.
Switch between first and second run command source
●
●
Code Name
E1.00 X1 input
E1.01 X2 input
E1.02 X3 input
E1.03 X4 input
E1.04 X5 input
Setting range
31: Second run command source activation
Default Min.
Attri.
0 1 Stop
0
0
1
1
Stop
Stop
0
0
1
1
Stop
Stop
If status of the selected terminal is changed when converter is running, the run command source will be switched and the converter will freewheel to stop.
The active / inactive of X1...X5 digital input is triggered by voltage level.
Stop command via panel <Stop> button
After the run command source configuration, set U0.01 'Stop button mode' to define the function of <Stop> button on the operating panel.
Code Name Default Min.
Attri.
U0.01 Stop button mode
Setting range
0: Active only for operating panel control
1: Active for all control methods
1 1 Run
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
117/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
EFC x610 Series
12.5.3 Direction Control
Direction control via operation panel
The actual direction is controlled by the configuration of parameter [U0.00]
'Panel control direction' and [E0.17] 'Direction control'.
Code Name
U0.00 Panel control direction
E0.17 Direction control
Setting range
0: Forward
1: Reverse
0: Forward / Reverse
1: Forward only
2: Reverse only
3: Swap default direction
Default Min.
Attri.
0
0
1
1
Run
Stop
0
1
2
3
[E0.17] setting
Forward / Reverse
Forward only
Reverse only
Swap default direction
[U0.00] setting Actual direction
Forward
Reverse
Forward
Reverse
Forward
Reverse
Forward
Reverse
Forward
Reverse
Forward
Converter stop and show error code 'dir1'
Converter stop and show error code 'dir2'
Reverse
Reverse
Forward
Tab. 12-9: Direction configuration
For error codes 'dir1', 'dir2' concerning direction control, see
chapter 13.4 "Error Code" on page 192
.
118/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
Direction change dead time
A dead time exists if the direction is changed from forward / reverse to reverse / forward, which can be defined according to actual application.
Code Name
E0.18 Direction change dead time
Setting range
0.0...60.0 s
Default
1.0
Min.
0.1
Attri.
Stop
Fig. 12-18: Direction change dead time
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
119/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
EFC x610 Series
12.5.4 Start Behavior Setting
Start mode selection
Code Name
E0.35 Start mode
Setting range
0: Start directly
1: DC-braking before start
2: Start with speed capture
3: Automatic start / stop according to setting frequency
Default Min.
Attri.
0 – Stop
Start directly
This mode is used in applications with high static friction torque and low load inertia. The frequency converter runs at [E0.36] 'Start frequency', for [E0.37]
'Start frequency holding time', and then accelerates to setting frequency with defined acceleration time.
Code Name Setting range
E0.36 Start frequency 0.00...50.00 Hz
E0.37 Start frequency holding time 0.0...20.0 s
Default Min.
Attri.
0.05
0.01
Stop
0.1
0.1
Stop
Fig. 12-19: Start directly
Set parameter E0.37 'Start frequency holding time' to a non-zero value when the motor needs to be started with certain start frequency.
120/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
DC-braking before start
DC-braking is used in applications, in which regular deceleration to stop or a quick stop is required. The larger DC-braking current, the larger braking force. However, the withstanding capability of the motor has to be considered before use the DC-braking function.
'DC-braking before start' is used in applications where the load may encounter forward / reverse rotation when the frequency converter is in stop mode.
Code Name
E0.38 Start DC-braking time
E0.39 Start DC-braking current
Setting range
0.0...20.0 s
0.0...150.0 %
Default
0.0
0.0
Min.
0.1
0.1
Attri.
Stop
Stop
Fig. 12-20: DC-braking before start
When [E0.38] ≠ 0, DC-braking will be executed before the frequency converter starting to accelerate to [E0.36] 'Start frequency'.
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
121/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
EFC x610 Series
Start with speed capture
This mode is used after transient power fault in applications with a large inertia load. The frequency converter firstly identifies the rotation speed and direction of the motor, and then starts with the current frequency of the motor to realize smooth starting without shock to the rotating motor.
Fig. 12-21: Start with speed capture
When the frequency converter is starting and accelerating, if 'Setting frequency' is lower than [E0.36] 'Start frequency', the frequency converter firstly starts at 'Start frequency' and runs for [E0.37] 'Start frequency holding time', and then decelerates to 'Setting frequency'.
122/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
Automatic start / stop according to setting frequency
With this function, the converter starts when the setting frequency from analog input is higher than the threshold, and stops when the setting frequency from analog input is lower than the threshold. The threshold is set by parameter
E0.41 'Automatic start / stop frequency threshold'.
To use this function, follow the rules below:
●
The frequency setting source should be set to AI1 or AI2.
●
The first and second run command source should be set to '0: Panel'.
Code
E0.35 Starting mode
Name Setting range
3: Auto start / stop according to setting frequency
Default Min.
Attri.
0 1 Stop
E0.00 First frequency setting source
E0.02 Second frequency setting source
E0.01 First run command source
E0.03 Second run command source
0.01…[E0.09] Hz
2: AI1 analog input
3: AI2 analog input
0: Panel
16.00
0
2
0
1
0.01
1
1
1
1
Stop
Stop
Stop
Stop
Stop
Fig. 12-22: Automatic start or stop according to frequency threshold
●
When the setting frequency is higher than [E0.41], the frequency converter starts and runs to the setting frequency automatically.
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
123/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
EFC x610 Series
●
– Pressing <Stop> at this time, the frequency converter stops.
– Pressing <Run> again, the frequency converter runs again.
When the setting frequency is lower than [E0.41], the frequency converter stops automatically.
●
●
If the threshold [E0.41] is set higher than the setting frequency high limit [E0.09], the threshold will be limited to the high limit
[E0.09].
Make sure that:
– The first and the second run command sources are both via panel.
– The active frequency setting source is via AI1 or AI2.
– The Simple PLC, PID control and Jog function are deactivated.
Otherwise, E0.35 'Starting mode' cannot be set to '3: Auto start / stop according to setting frequency'. In this case, warning code
'PrSE' will be displayed and the frequency converter keeps in stop status.
124/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
12.5.5 Stop Behavior Setting
Stop mode setting
●
●
●
Code
E0.50 Stop mode
E1.00 X1 input
E1.01 X2 input
E1.02 X3 input
E1.03 X4 input
E1.04 X5 input
Name
0...2
Setting range
15: Freewheeling stop activation
Default Min.
Attri.
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
Stop
Stop
Stop
Stop
Stop
Stop
[E0.50] = 0: Deceleration stop
The motor decelerates to stop according to the defined deceleration time.
If 'Output frequency' is lower than [E0.52] 'Stop DC-braking initial frequency' and 'Stop DC-braking time' [E0.53] ≠ 0, and then DC-braking is activated. The
'Stop DC-braking current' is decided by [E0.54].
[E0.50] = 1: Freewheeling stop
Once the stopping command is activated, the converter stops output and the motor mechanically freewheels to stop.
'Freewheeling stop' can also be activated by X1…X5 digital inputs. When the digital input signal is active, the frequency converter freewheels to stop. If the digital input signal is inactive and a run command is active, the frequency converter resumes the previous running status.
[E0.50] = 2: Freewheeling with stop command, decelerating with direction change
– When stopping command is active, the motor freewheels to stop as [E0.50]
= 1.
– When direction command is changed during running, the motor decelerates to stop according to the defined deceleration time as [E0.50] = 0.
If an error occurs due to too fast deceleration, increase the deceleration time or calculate if additional resistor braking is necessary.
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
125/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
EFC x610 Series
DC-braking during deceleration to stop
Code
E0.50 Stop mode
Name Setting range
0: Decelerating stop
0.00...50.00 Hz
E0.53 Stop DC-braking time 0.0...20.0 s (0.0: Inactive)
E0.54 Stop DC-braking current 0.0...150.0 %
E1.00 X1 input
E1.01 X2 input
E1.02 X3 input
E1.03 X4 input
E1.04 X5 input
16: Stop DC-braking activation
Default Min.
Attri.
0 1 Stop
0.00
0.00
0.01
Stop
0.0
0.0
0
0
0
0
0
0.1
0.1
1
1
1
1
1
Stop
Stop
Stop
Stop
Stop
Stop
Stop
'DC-braking to stop' can be activated in two ways:
● by parameter settings
– [E0.50] = 0
– [E0.53] > 0
●
– [E0.54] > 0
– [Output frequency] ≤ [E0.52] by X1…X5 digital inputs
– Any one of X1…X5 digital inputs is set to '16: Stop DC-braking activation'
– [E0.50] = 0
DC-braking starts when the defined digital input signal is active, and stops when it is inactive. There is no time limitation.
126/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
Fig. 12-23: Stop DC-braking
Overexcitation braking
This function is used to obtain an optimized braking performance of the frequency converter in V/f control mode. To realize this function, increase 'Converter output voltage' by fine tuning of parameter E0.55 'Overexcitation braking factor' during deceleration process.
Code Name
E0.55 Overexcitation braking factor
Setting range
1.00...1.40
Default
1.10
Min.
0.01
Attri.
Run
●
●
When [E0.55] = 1.00, 'Overexcitation braking' is inactive.
A higher factor brings a higher braking force.
However, an excessive high factor may trigger errors of overcurrent (OC-1,
OC-2, OC-3), converter overload (OL-1), or motor overload (OL-2). Reduce the setting of the factor in such cases.
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
127/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
EFC x610 Series
12.5.6 Resistor Braking
This function is used to obtain an optimized braking performance of the frequency converter in either V/f control mode or SVC control mode.
By default, the resistor braking is disabled. This function can NOT be activated when the converter is in stop status.
Code Name
C0.25 Overvoltage prevention mode
C0.15 Braking start point
C0.16 Braking duty cycle
Setting range
2: Stall overvoltage protection disabled, resistor braking enabled
1P 200 VAC: 300...390 V
3P 400 VAC: 600...785 V
1...100 %
Default Min.
Attri.
0
390
770
100
1
1
1
Stop
Stop
Stop
To use this function, take the following steps:
Step 1: Activate the resistor braking function
Set [C0.25] = '2: Stall overvoltage protection disabled, resistor braking enabled'.
Step 2: Set the braking point based on model
The default 'Braking start point' is different for 3P 400 VAC and 1P 200 VAC models, which needs to be adjusted by setting parameter C0.15 'Braking start point' according to the actual situations.
Step 3: Set the duty cycle
Set parameter C0.16 'Braking duty cycle' according to the actual situations:
●
●
When the DC-bus voltage is higher than [C0.15] 'Braking start point', the brake chopper switches On / Off according to the duty [C0.16] 'Braking duty cycle' with an internal hysteresis.
Excessive low setting of parameter C0.16 'Braking duty cycle' may bring overvoltage error during braking.
Fig. 12-24: Braking duty cycle t1 = t2 x [C0.16] / 100 %; t2 = 1 / 100 Hz = 10 ms
128/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
Fig. 12-25: Hysteresis
The hysteresis for different models is as listed below:
●
1P 200 VAC: 24 V
●
3P 400 VAC: 10 V
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
129/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
EFC x610 Series
12.6 Special Running Behaviors
12.6.1 Skip Frequency
This function is used to avoid the mechanical resonance of the motor by definition of skip frequencies.
Code Name
E0.70 Skip frequency 1
E0.71 Skip frequency 2
E0.72 Skip frequency 3
E0.73 Skip frequency range
E0.74 Skip window acceleration factor
Setting range
0.00...[E0.09] Hz
0.00...[E0.09] Hz
0.00...[E0.09] Hz
0.00...30.00 Hz
1...100
Default Min.
Attri.
0.00
0.01
Stop
0.00
0.01
Stop
0.00
0.01
Stop
0.00
0.01
Stop
1 1 Stop
The setting ranges of the three skip frequencies are shown in the figure below:
Fig. 12-26: Skip frequency
Skip frequency points are defined by parameters E0.70...E0.72. Skip frequency range or boundaries are defined by parameter E0.73 as listed below:
●
●
[Upper boundary frequency] = [Skip frequency] + [E0.73]/2
[Lower boundary frequency] = [Skip frequency] - [E0.73]/2
If the current 'Output frequency' is higher than the 'Upper boundary frequency', and the target 'Setting frequency' is within the 'Skip frequency range', the actual output frequency will be limited to 'Lower boundary frequency'.
If the current 'Output frequency' is lower than the 'Lower boundary frequency', and the target 'Setting frequency' is within the 'Skip frequency range', the actual output frequency will be limited to 'Upper boundary frequency'.
●
●
If [E0.73] = 0.00, 'Skip frequency' function is inactive.
Do NOT set E0.70, E0.71 and E0.72 overlapping or nesting in each other.
130/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
Parameter E0.74 is used to control the acceleration / deceleration speed inside the skip-window, the range for this factor is 1 (normal speed) to 100 (100 times speed of the normal speed).
The actual acceleration / deceleration time for skip frequency is shorter than the setting value when the factor is higher than 1.
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
131/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
EFC x610 Series
12.6.2 Jog Function
The 'Jog command' has a higher priority than and is independent of the 'Run /
Stop command'. This function can ONLY be set by X1…X5 input or communication. To use this function, take the following steps:
Step 1: Select any 2 X1…X5 digital inputs
Code
E1.00 X1 input
E1.01 X2 input
E1.02 X3 input
E1.03 X4 input
E1.04 X5 input
Name Setting range
37: Forward jog
38: Reverse jog
Default Min.
Attri.
0 1 Stop
0
0
1
1
Stop
Stop
0
0
1
1
Stop
Stop
Step 2: Set respective parameters
Code Name
E0.60 Jog frequency
E0.61 Jog acceleration time
E0.62 Jog deceleration time
Setting range
0.00...[E0.08] Hz
0.1...6000.0 s
0.1...6000.0 s
Default Min.
Attri.
5.00
0.01
Run
5.0
5.0
0.1
0.1
Run
Run
Once the 'Jog command' is active, the frequency converter runs immediately to
[E0.60] 'Jog frequency' with acceleration / deceleration time defined by 'Jog acceleration time' [E0.61] / 'Jog deceleration time' [E0.62] no matter the converter is running or not. When 'Jog command' is inactive, the motor resumes the previous status.
●
Converter is at stop
– 'Jog command' active: Accelerate to [E0.60] 'Jog frequency' according to
[E0.61] 'Jog acceleration time'.
– 'Jog command' inactive: Deceleration time is according to [E0.62] 'Jog deceleration time'.
●
Converter is running
– 'Output frequency' is higher than 'Jog frequency'
– 'Jog command' active: Decelerate to [E0.60] 'Jog frequency' according to [E0.62] 'Jog deceleration time'.
– 'Jog command' inactive: Accelerate to previous 'Setting frequency' according to [E0.26] 'Acceleration time'.
– 'Output frequency' is lower than 'Jog frequency'
– 'Jog command' active: Accelerate to [E0.60] 'Jog frequency' according to
[E0.61] 'Jog acceleration time'.
– 'Jog command' inactive: Decelerate to prior 'Setting frequency' according to [E0.27] 'Deceleration time'.
132/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
Fig. 12-27: Jog acceleration / deceleration time
Forward jog
Active
Active
Inactive
Tab. 12-10: Jog configuration
Reverse jog
Active
Inactive
Active
Running status
Stop
Jog forward
Jog reverse
If the jog command direction does not match the current jog running direction, the converter will stop according to [E0.50] 'Stopping mode'.
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
133/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
EFC x610 Series
12.6.3 2-wire / 3-wire Control (Forward / stop, reverse / stop)
2-wire control mode 1
Step 1: Activate 2-wire control mode 1
Set [E1.15] = '0: Forward / stop, reverse / stop'.
Step 2: Define two digital inputs
●
Set one of X1...X5 input as '35: Forward running (FWD)'
●
Set one of X1...X5 input as '36: Reverse running (REV)'
Example:
Connected switch K1 to X1, and set [E1.00] = '35: Forward running (FWD)'.
Connected switch K2 to X2, and set [E1.01] = '36: Reverse running (REV)'.
Fig. 12-28: 2-wire control mode 1
The control logic is shown in the table below:
K1
Open
Closed
Open
Closed
K2
Open
Open
Closed
Closed
Tab. 12-11: 2-wire control mode 1 configuration
Running status
Stop
Running forward
Running reverse
Stop
If switch K1 and K2 are closed at the same time, the frequency converter stops according to [E0.50] 'Stop mode' and both FWD and
REV LED indicators are lighted during stop status.
134/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
2-wire control mode 2 (Forward / reverse, run / stop)
Step 1: Activate 2-wire control mode 2
Set [E1.15] = '1: Forward / reverse, run / stop'.
Step 2: Define two digital inputs
●
Set one of X1...X5 input as '35: Forward running (FWD)'
●
Set one of X1...X5 input as '36: Reverse running (REV)'
Example:
Connected switch K1 to X1, and set [E1.00] = '35: Forward running (FWD)'.
Connected switch K2 to X2, and set [E1.01] = '36: Reverse running (REV)'.
Fig. 12-29: 2-wire control mode 2
The control logic is shown in the table below:
K1
Open
Closed
Open
Closed
K2
Open
Open
Closed
Closed
Tab. 12-12: 2-wire control mode 2 configuration
Running status
Stop
Running forward
Stop
Running reverse
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
135/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
EFC x610 Series
3-wire control mode 1
Step 1: Define 3 digital inputs
●
Set one X1...X5 input as '35: Forward running (FWD)'
●
Set one X1...X5 input as '36: Reverse running (REV)'
●
Set one X1...X5 input as '25: 3-wire running control'
To use 3-wire function, define the digital inputs first, and then activate the control mode. Otherwise, warning code 'PrSE' will be displayed on the operating panel.
To deactivate the 3-wire function, deactivate the control mode first, and then deactivate the function assignment of '25: 3-wire running control'. Otherwise, warning code 'PrSE' will be displayed.
Step 2: Activate 3-wire control 1
Set [E1.15] = '2: 3-wire control 1'.
Example:
Connected switch K1 to X1, and set [E1.00] = '35: Forward running (FWD)', edge-sensitive.
Connected switch K2 to X2, and set [E1.01] = '36: Reverse running (REV)', levelsensitive.
Connected switch K3 to X3, and set [E1.02] = '25: 3-wire running control', levelsensitive.
Fig. 12-30: 3-wire control 1
The control logic is shown in the table below:
K3
Open
Open
Closed
Closed
K1
Inactive / Edge
Inactive / Edge
Edge
Inactive / Edge
K2
Open / Closed
Open / Closed
Open
Closed
Tab. 12-13: 3-wire control configuration
136/279
Running status
Stop
Stop
Running forward
Running reverse
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
3-wire control mode 2
Different from the 3-wire control mode 1, 3-wire control mode 2 has a edge sensitive characteristic for direction control terminals.
Step 1: Define 3 digital inputs
●
Set one X1...X5 input as '35: Forward running (FWD)'
●
Set one X1...X5 input as '36: Reverse running (REV)'
●
Set one X1...X5 input as '25: 3-wire running control'
Step 2: Activate 3-wire control mode 2
Set [E1.15] = '3: 3-wire control mode 2'.
Example:
Connected switch K1 to X1, and set [E1.00] = '35: Forward running (FWD)', edge-sensitive.
Connected switch K2 to X2, and set [E1.01] = '36: Reverse running (REV)', edgesensitive.
Connected switch K3 to X3, and set [E1.02] = '25: 3-wire running control', levelsensitive.
Fig. 12-31: 3-wire control mode 2
The control logic is shown in the table below:
K3
Open
Closed
Closed
Closed
K1
Edge / Inactive
Edge
Inactive
Edge
K2
Edge / Inactive
Inactive
Edge
Edge
Tab. 12-14: 3-wire control configuration
Running status
Stop
Running forward
Running reverse
No change
In 2-wire / 3-wire running control, check and ensure that the direction setting meets the requirement in the actual application. If the direction command is changed when the frequency converter is running, [E0.18] 'direction change dead time' is active.
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
137/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
EFC x610 Series
Run / Stop
For details of Run /Stop mode, see
chapter "Adjust the setting frequency by multi-speed function" on page 103 .
138/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
12.7 Special Functions
12.7.1 Counter Function
The internal counter counts the input pulses received from 'X1...X5 input' and compares it with the setting value of 'Counter middle value' or 'Counter target value'.
The 'Middle counter value arrival' or 'Target counter value arrival' output signal will be indicated via DO1 or Relay1 output when the counter value equals to that of setting value.
The counter is cleared and the DO1 or Relay1 output signal is reset by a valid edge signal of another digital input defined as 'Counter reset'.
Code Name
E1.00 X1 input
E1.01 X2 input
E1.02 X3 input
E1.03 X4 input
E1.04 X5 input
E2.80 Counter middle value
E2.81 Counter target value
E2.01 DO1 output selection
E2.15 Relay1 output selection
Setting range
39: Counter input
40: Counter reset
0...[E2.81]
[E2.80]...9,999
16: Target counter value arrival
17: Middle counter value arrival
Default Min.
Attri.
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Stop
Stop
Stop
Stop
Stop
Run
Run
Stop
Stop
Example:
X1 input is defined as '39: Counter input'.
X2 input is defined as '40: Counter reset'.
The wiring is shown as the figure below:
Fig. 12-32: Digital input configuration
Connected K1 to X1, and set [E1.00] = '39: Counter input'.
Connected K2 to X2, and set [E1.01] = '40: Counter reset'.
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
139/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
EFC x610 Series
K1
Inactive
Edge
Edge
K2
Inactive
Inactive
Edge
Running status
–
Counter value
= [E2.80] / [E2.81]
Counter is reset
Status
–
Internal counter value stays at [E2.80] / [E2.81]
Digital output is active
Internal counter value is reset to ‘0’
Digital output is inactive
Tab. 12-15: Counter function
'DO1 output' or 'Relay1 output' signal and status are as below:
●
[E2.01] / [E2.15] = '16: Target counter value arrival'
When the internal counter receives from 'X1 input' the number of input pulse, which equals to [E2.81] 'Counter target value'.
●
[E2.01] / [E2.15] = '17: Middle counter value arrival'
When the internal counter receives from 'X1 input' the number of input pulse, which equals to [E2.80] 'Counter middle value'.
The signal is reset by the next valid edge signal of 'X2 input' which is defined as
'40: Counter reset'.
Example:
[E2.80] = 5, [E2.81] = 8
The output behavior is described as below:
Fig. 12-33: Output behavior
●
●
If the setting of any parameter E2.80, E2.81 and / or the status of the defined digital inputs is changed, the counter value will be reset and the digital outputs will be inactive immediately.
The allowed maximum digital input frequency is 50 Hz and the allowed minimum pulse width (both active and inactive) is higher than 8 ms.
140/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
12.7.2 Frequency Arrival
This function is used to detect the difference between the output frequency and the setting frequency. When the difference is within the frequency detection width, an indication signal will be generated for further engineering in the application.
Code Name
E2.01 DO1 output selection
Setting range
E2.15 Relay1 output selection
4: Speed arrival
E2.70 Frequency detection width 0.00...400.00 Hz
Default Min.
Attri.
1 – Stop
1 – Stop
2.50
0.01
Run
The 'Speed arrival' signal is active on 'DO1 output' or 'Relay1 output' when the difference between the 'Output frequency' and the 'Setting frequency' is within the range set by parameter E2.70 'Frequency detection width':
Fig. 12-34: Frequency arrival
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
141/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
EFC x610 Series
12.7.3 Frequency Level Detection
This function is used to detect the difference between the output frequency and the setting frequency. An indication signal will be generated ONLY when the output frequency is HIGHER than the lower limit of the frequency detection level.
The indication signal can be used for further engineering in the application.
Code Name
E2.01 DO1 output selection
E2.15 Relay1 output selection
E2.71 Frequency detection level FDT1
E2.72 Frequency detection level FDT1 width
E2.73 Frequency detection level FDT2
E2.74 Frequency detection level FDT2 width
5, 6
Setting range
0.00...400.00 Hz
0.00...[E2.71] Hz
0.00...400.00 Hz
0.00...[E2.73] Hz
Default Min.
Attri.
1 – Stop
1 – Stop
50.00
0.01
Run
1.00
0.01
Run
25.00
0.01
Run
1.00
0.01
Run
'DO1 output' or 'Relay1 output' signal and status are as below:
●
[E2.01] / [E2.15] = 5: Frequency level detection signal (FDT1)
– Active when 'Output frequency' is higher than [E2.71]
– Inactive when 'Output frequency' is lower than [E2.71] - [E2.72]
●
[E2.01] / [E2.15] = 6: Frequency level detection signal (FDT2)
– Active when 'Output frequency' is higher than [E2.73]
– Inactive when 'Output frequency' is lower than [E2.73] - [E2.74]
Fig. 12-35: Frequency level detection
142/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
12.7.4 High Resolution Current Display
Code Name
E5.01 High resolution output current filter time d0.98 High resolution output current
Setting range
5...500 ms
–
Default
40
–
Min.
1
0.01
Attri.
Run
Read
E5.01 is used to set the time constant of dynamic output current in applications where a high resolution value with two decimals are required for monitoring or control.
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
143/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
EFC x610 Series
12.8 Simple PLC
12.8.1 Function Description
Simple PLC is an automatic running mode based on the current acceleration / deceleration time, setting frequency, duration and rotation direction.
Simple PLC consists of 16 stages, each of which has its own settings of acceleration time, deceleration time, setting frequency, rotation direction and duration.
An example of simple PLC control is shown in the figure below: f out t
T
Acc
Output frequency
Time
Acceleration time
Fig. 12-36: Example of simple PLC control
Frequency source Run command source
Operating panel
Multi-function digital input
Simple PLC
Communication
T
Run
T
Dec
Stage running time
Deceleration time
Rotation direction and Acc. / Dec. time
[E3.60], [E3.62], [E3.64], [E3.66]
[E3.68], [E3.70], [E3.72], [E3.74]
[E3.76], [E3.78], [E3.80], [E3.82]
[E3.84], [E3.86], [E3.88], [E3.90]
Tab. 12-16: Simple PLC configuration
144/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
12.8.2 Set the Simple PLC Mode
Code Name
E3.00
Simple PLC running mode 0...3
E3.01
Simple PLC time multiplier 1...60
E3.02
Simple PLC cycle number 1...1,000
Setting range Default Min.
Attri.
0
1
1
–
1
1
Stop
Stop
Stop
●
●
●
[E3.00] = 0: Inactive
[E3.00] = 1: Stop after selected cycle
In this mode, the frequency converter decelerates to 0.00 Hz after the last stage of simple PLC, and then stops according to the configured stopping mode.
[E3.00] = 2: Continuously cycling
●
In this mode, the frequency converter decelerates to 0.00 Hz after the last stage of simple PLC, and then starts a new cycle automatically.
[E3.00] = 3: Run with last stage after selected cycle
In this mode, the frequency converter keeps running at the setting frequency of the last stage of simple PLC.
The actual duration for each stage is defined by following equation (Take stage 0 as an example):
T
Run
= [E3.61] x [E3.01]
Based on the equation above, the maximum duration of one cycle is:
8 x 6,000.0 s x 60 = 800 hours.
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
145/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
EFC x610 Series
12.8.3 Set Speed / Direction / Acceleration and Deceleration Time
Code Name Setting range
E0.07 Digital setting frequency 0.00...[E0.09] Hz
E3.40 Multi-speed frequency 1 0.00...[E0.09] Hz
E3.41 Multi-speed frequency 2 0.00...[E0.09] Hz
E3.42 Multi-speed frequency 3 0.00...[E0.09] Hz
E3.43 Multi-speed frequency 4 0.00...[E0.09] Hz
E3.44 Multi-speed frequency 5 0.00...[E0.09] Hz
E3.45 Multi-speed frequency 6 0.00...[E0.09] Hz
E3.46 Multi-speed frequency 7 0.00...[E0.09] Hz
E3.47 Multi-speed frequency 8 0.00...[E0.09] Hz
E3.48 Multi-speed frequency 9 0.00...[E0.09] Hz
E3.49 Multi-speed frequency 10 0.00...[E0.09] Hz
E3.50 Multi-speed frequency 11 0.00...[E0.09] Hz
E3.51 Multi-speed frequency 12 0.00...[E0.09] Hz
E3.52 Multi-speed frequency 13 0.00...[E0.09] Hz
E3.53 Multi-speed frequency 14 0.00...[E0.09] Hz
E3.54 Multi-speed frequency 15 0.00...[E0.09] Hz
E3.60 Stage 0 action
E3.62 Stage 1 action
E3.64 Stage 2 action
E3.66 Stage 3 action
E3.68 Stage 4 action
E3.70 Stage 5 action
E3.72 Stage 6 action
E3.74 Stage 7 action
E3.76 Stage 8 action
E3.78 Stage 9 action
E3.80 Stage 10 action
E3.82 Stage 11 action
E3.84 Stage 12 action
E3.86 Stage 13 action
E3.88 Stage 14 action
011, 012, 013, 014, 015, 016 ,017,
018, 021, 022, 023, 024, 025, 026,
027, 028, 031, 032, 033, 034, 035,
036, 037, 038, 041, 042, 043, 044,
045, 046, 047, 048, 051, 052, 053,
054, 055, 056, 057, 058, 061, 062,
063, 064, 065, 066, 067, 068, 071,
072, 073, 074, 075, 076, 077, 078,
081, 082, 083, 084, 085, 086, 087,
088, 111, 112, 113, 114, 115, 116,
117, 118, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125,
126, 127, 128, 131, 132, 133, 134,
135, 136, 137, 138, 141, 142, 143,
144, 145, 146, 147, 148, 151, 152,
153, 154, 155, 156, 157, 158, 161,
162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 167, 168,
171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177,
178, 181, 182, 183, 184, 185, 186,
187, 188
E3.90 Stage 15 action
E3.61 Stage 0 running time
E3.63 Stage 1 running time
E3.65 Stage 2 running time
0.0...6,000.0 s
0.0...6,000.0 s
0.0...6,000.0 s
Default Min. Attri.
50.00 0.01 Run
0.00
0.01 Run
0.00
0.01 Run
0.00
0.01 Run
0.00
0.01 Run
0.00
0.01 Run
0.00
0.01 Run
0.00
0.01 Run
0.00
0.01 Run
0.00
0.01 Run
0.00
0.01 Run
0.00
0.01 Run
0.00
0.01 Run
0.00
0.01 Run
0.00
0.01 Run
0.00
0.01 Run
011 – Stop
011
011
011
011
011
011
011
011
011
011
011
011
011
011
–
–
–
–
–
– Stop
– Stop
–
–
–
–
–
Stop
Stop
Stop
Stop
Stop
Stop
Stop
Stop
Stop
Stop
– Stop
– Stop
011 – Stop
20.0
0.1
Stop
20.0
0.1
Stop
20.0
0.1
Stop
146/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
Code Name
E3.67 Stage 3 running time
E3.69 Stage 4 running time
E3.71 Stage 5 running time
E3.73 Stage 6 running time
E3.75 Stage 7 running time
E3.77 Stage 8 running time
E3.79 Stage 9 running time
E3.81 Stage 10 running time
E3.83 Stage 11 running time
E3.85 Stage 12 running time
E3.87 Stage 13 running time
E3.89 Stage 14 running time
E3.91 Stage 15 running time
E0.26 Acceleration time
E0.27 Deceleration time
E3.10 Acceleration time 2
E3.11 Deceleration time 2
E3.12 Acceleration time 3
E3.13 Deceleration time 3
E3.14 Acceleration time 4
E3.15 Deceleration time 4
E3.16 Acceleration time 5
E3.17 Deceleration time 5
E3.18 Acceleration time 6
E3.19 Deceleration time 6
E3.20 Acceleration time 7
E3.21 Deceleration time 7
E3.22 Acceleration time 8
E3.23 Deceleration time 8
Setting range
0.0...6,000.0 s
0.0...6,000.0 s
0.0...6,000.0 s
0.0...6,000.0 s
0.0...6,000.0 s
0.0...6,000.0 s
0.0...6,000.0 s
0.0...6,000.0 s
0.0...6,000.0 s
0.0...6,000.0 s
0.0...6,000.0 s
0.0...6,000.0 s
0.0...6,000.0 s
0.1...6000.0 s
0.1...6000.0 s
0.1...6,000.0 s
0.1...6,000.0 s
0.1...6,000.0 s
0.1...6,000.0 s
0.1...6,000.0 s
0.1...6,000.0 s
0.1...6000.0 s
0.1...6000.0 s
0.1...6,000.0 s
0.1...6,000.0 s
0.1...6,000.0 s
0.1...6,000.0 s
0.1...6,000.0 s
0.1...6,000.0 s
For the stage definition, see
chapter "Adjust the setting frequency by multispeed function" on page 103 .
Default Min. Attri.
20.0
0.1
Stop
20.0
0.1
Stop
20.0
0.1
Stop
20.0
0.1
Stop
20.0
0.1
Stop
20.0
0.1
Stop
20.0
0.1
Stop
20.0
0.1
Stop
20.0
0.1
Stop
20.0
0.1
Stop
20.0
0.1
Stop
20.0
0.1
Stop
20.0
0.1
Stop
5.0
5.0
0.1
0.1
Run
Run
10.0
0.1
Run
10.0
0.1
Run
10.0
0.1
Run
10.0
0.1
Run
10.0
0.1
Run
10.0
0.1
Run
10.0
0.1
Run
10.0
0.1
Run
10.0
0.1
Run
10.0
0.1
Run
10.0
0.1
Run
10.0
0.1
Run
10.0
0.1
Run
10.0
0.1
Run
●
●
If a stage running time is set to 0, simple PLC skips that stage.
'PID control' has a higher priority than 'Simple PLC control'. To use 'Simple PLC control', deactivate 'PID control' first.
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
147/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
EFC x610 Series
12.8.4 Stop and Pause Simple PLC Control
Active 'Simple PLC control' can be stopped or paused by configuration of X1...X5
input with functions of 'Simple PLC stop' or 'Simple PLC pause'.
Code
E1.00
E1.01
E1.02
E1.03
E1.04
Name
X1 input
X2 input
X3 input
X4 input
X5 input
Setting range
26: Simple PLC stop
27: Simple PLC pause
Default Min.
Attri.
0 1 Stop
0
0
1
1
Stop
Stop
0
0
1
1
Stop
Stop
●
●
26: Simple PLC stop
The frequency converter stops output till next 'Run command' is active, and the motor freewheels to stop.
27: Simple PLC pause
'PLC control' is paused and the frequency converter decelerates to run at
0.00 Hz till the pause signal is inactive.
A typical simple PLC pause process is as listed in the table below:
Step
Simple PLC pause
Run command Converter status Description
1
2
3
4
5
Inactive
Active
Inactive
Inactive
Inactive
Active
Active
Active
Inactive
Active
Run
Decelerating to 0 Hz
(No stop DC-braking)
Accelerate to previous stage
Stop
Run
Simple PLC cycles with each stage
Dec. time is according to current simple PLC stage setting
Acc. Time is according to previous simple PLC stage setting before pause
Stop according to [E0.50]
Restart from 1 st simple PLC stage
Tab. 12-17: Typical simple PLC pause process
148/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
12.8.5 Indication of Simple PLC Status
An indication signal is active via 'DO1 output' or 'Relay1 output' when a simple
PLC cycle or stage is complete.
Define the output with respective indication signals as below:
Code Name
E2.01 DO1 output selection
E2.15 Relay1 output selection
Setting range
7: Simple PLC stage complete
8: Simple PLC cycle complete
Default Min.
Attri.
1 – Stop
1 – Stop
●
7: Simple PLC stage complete f out d out
Output frequency
Digital output
Fig. 12-37: Simple PLC stage complete t Time
When a stage is complete, a pulse signal is active for the duration of 0.5 s.
Any stage with running time of 0.0 s will be skipped without pulse output.
– If the running time of one stage is so short that it finishes before the 'Simple PLC stage complete' signal of the previous stage is deactivated, the signal remains active and the pulse duration calculation is restarted.
– If the setting frequency of next stage is lower than that of the current stage, the frequency converter decelerates to the next stage with the deceleration time of current stage.
If the set frequency of next stage is higher than that of the current stage, the frequency converter accelerates to the next stage with the acceleration time of next stage.
●
8: Simple PLC cycle complete
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
149/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
EFC x610 Series f out d out
Output frequency
Digital out
Fig. 12-38: Simple PLC cycle complete t Time
When a cycle is complete, a pulse signal is active for the duration of 0.5 s.
150/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
12.9 PID Control
12.9.1 Function Description
PID control is used in process controls such as flow control, pressure control, temperature control, and in control of other engineering values. In PID control, a negative feedback system is formed with proportional, integral and derivative operations based on the differences between reference values and their feedback. In this way, the difference between the actual output and the reference is reduced.
The basic control principle is shown as the figure below:
Fig. 12-39: PID control principle
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
151/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
EFC x610 Series
12.9.2 Selecting the Reference and Feedback
Before using PID control function make sure [E4.00] ≠ '0: No PID control'.
Take the following steps to configure the PID reference:
Step 1: Select the PID reference channel
Code Name
E4.00 PID reference channel
E4.03 PID engineering analog reference
E4.04 PID engineering speed reference
Setting range
0...9
0.00...10.00
0...30,000 rpm
Default Min.
Attri.
0 1 Stop
0.00
0.01
Run
0 1 Run
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
[E4.00] = 0: No PID control
The PID control function is inactive.
[E4.00] = 1: Panel potentiometer
The reference value is set by adjusting the potentiometer on the operating panel.
[E4.00] = 2: Panel button setting
The reference value is set by E0.07 'Digital setting frequency', which can be decreased or increased by pressing the <▼> or <▲> buttons on the operating panel respectively when the frequency converter is running.
[E4.00] = 3: AI1 analog input
The reference value is set by AI1 analog input.
[E4.00] = 4: AI2 analog input
The reference value is set by AI2 analog input.
[E4.00] = 5: X5 pulse input
The reference value is set by pulse signal via X5 input.
[E4.00] = 7: Communication
The reference value is set by engineering software, PLC or other external devices via Modbus or other communication.
[E4.00] = 8: PID engineering analog reference [E4.03]
The reference value is set by parameter E4.03.
[E4.00] = 9: PID engineering speed reference [E4.04]
The reference value is set by parameter E4.04.
Step 2: Select the PID feedback channel
Code Name
E4.01 PID feedback channel 0...2
Setting range
●
0: AI1 analog input
Feedback value is set by AI1 analog input.
Default
0
Min.
–
Attri.
Stop
152/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
●
●
1: AI2 analog input
Feedback value is set by AI2 analog input.
2: X5 pulse input
Feedback value is set by X5 pulse input.
Any of AI1, AI2 analog inputs and X5 pulse input can ONLY be assigned with one function.
12.9.3 Control Loop Configuration
●
●
●
●
Code
E4.16 Integral time - Ti
Name
E4.15 Proportional gain - P
E4.17 Derivative time - Td
E4.18 Sampling period - T
Setting range
0.000...10.000
0.00...100.00 s
(0.00: no integral)
0.00...100.00 s
(0.00: no derivative)
0.01...100.00 s
Default
0.00
0.00
Min.
1.500 0.001
0.01
0.01
Attri.
Run
Run
Run
0.50
0.01
Run
Proportional gain - P: Decides the gain of deviation
– Larger P means larger scale and faster response, but excessively large P leads to oscillation.
– P cannot eliminate deviation completely.
Integral time - Ti: Used to eliminate the deviation
– Smaller Ti means faster response of the frequency converter to deviation changes, but excessively small Ti leads to oscillation.
– If Ti = 0, integration is deactivated during PID control
– Integration stops but the integral value is kept.
– Integration continues if Ti ≠ 0.
Derivative time - Td: Used to respond fast to changes of deviation between reference and feedback.
– Larger Td means faster response, but excessively large Td leads to oscillation.
– If Td = 0, derivative is deactivated during PID control.
Derivative stops and its value is reset to '0'.
Sampling period - T: Sampling time in PID control
The value should match with the selected time constant Ti or Td, normally shorter than 1/5 of the time constant.
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
153/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
EFC x610 Series
12.9.4 PID Regulation Mode Setting
Code
E4.30
Name
PID deadband
Setting range
0.0...20.0 %
Default Min.
Attri.
2.0
0.1
Run
This parameter is used to set the limit of the deviation between reference and feedback value. When the difference is within the defined 'PID deadband', PID control stops to bring a stable output.
Code
E4.31
Name
PID regulation mode
Setting range
0, 1
Default
0
Min.
–
Attri.
Run
When the PID output reaches [E0.09] 'Output frequency high limit' or [E0.10]
'Output frequency low limit' in PID control, following modes are available for PID regulation:
●
0: Stop integral regulation when frequency arrives at upper / lower limit
●
When the difference between the reference values and the feedback values changes, the integral value follows immediately the difference. When the setting frequency reaches the limits, the integration stops, and the integral value remains unchanged.
This mode is used in applications with fast change reference values.
1: Continue integral regulation when frequency arrives at upper / lower limit
When the PID output reaches the limits, the integral continues up to its possible numerical limit.
This mode is used in applications with stable reference values. When the difference between reference and feedback changes, more time is needed to eliminate the impact of accumulated integral regulation before the integral value can follow the change in the trend.
154/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series
12.9.5 PID Deactivation by Digital Input
Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
Fig. 12-40: PID deactivation by digital input
The PID control is deactivated in the following ways:
●
'PID reference channel' [E4.00] = '0: No PID control' or
●
'X1...X5 input' [E1.00]...[E1.04] = '41: PID deactivation' and respective multifunction digital input terminal is active.
12.9.6 PID Engineering Value Display
This function is used to display an engineering value which is convenient for the application engineering with scaling the output value, follow the equations below:
●
●
User-defined setting speed:
[d0.04] = [d0.02] x [E5.02]
User-defined output speed:
[d0.05] = [d0.00] x [E5.02]
Code Name
E5.02 User-defined speed scaling factor d0.01 Actual speed d0.03 Setting speed d0.04 User-defined setting speed d0.05 User-defined output speed d0.70 PID reference engineering value d0.71 PID feedback engineering value
[d0.70] = [E4.02] x [PID reference]
[d0.71] = [E4.02] x [PID feedback]
Setting range
–
–
–
–
0.01...100.00
–
–
Default Min.
Attri.
–
–
–
–
1.00
0.01
Run
–
–
1 rpm Read
1 rpm Read
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
Read
Read
Read
Read
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
155/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
EFC x610 Series
12.9.7 PID Status Indication
Code Name Setting range
E4.32 PID engineering value detection width 0.01...100.00
E2.01 DO1 output selection
E2.15 Relay1 output selection
18: PID reference engineering value arrival
Default Min.
Attri.
1.00
0.01
Run
1
1
–
–
Stop
Stop
[E4.32] 'PID engineering value detection width' is used to set the tolerance window between [d0.70] 'PID reference engineering value' and [d0.71] 'PID feedback engineering value'. When the difference between reference and feedback is within the detection width, the value arrival signal will be active via DO1 output.
Set [E4.32] = │[d0.70] - [d0.71]│/[d0.70] x 100 %
Fig. 12-41: PID engineering value detection width
156/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
12.9.8 Sleep / Wake Function
This function is used to achieve the maximum extent of energy-saving according to type of loads in actual applications.
Code
E5.15 Sleep level
Name
E5.16 Sleep delay
E5.17 Sleep boost time
E5.18 Sleep boost amplitude
E5.19 Wake up level
E5.20 Wake up delay
Setting range
0.00...[E0.09] Hz
0.0...3,600.0 s
0.0...3,600.0 s
0.0...100.0 %
0.0...100.0 %
0.2...60.0 s
Default Min.
Attri.
0.00
0.01
Run
60.0
0.0
0.1
0.1
Run
Run
0.0
0.0
0.5
0.1
0.1
0.1
Run
Run
Run
The frequency converter may go into the sleep mode when all the conditions below are met:
●
●
[PID feedback] > [E5.19] 'Wake up level'
[PID output] < [E5.15] 'Sleep level'
●
[Duration] t ≥ [E5.16] 'Sleep delay'
Fig. 12-42: Sleep and wake up process
After [E5.16] 'Sleep delay', the PID controller boosts up with [E5.18] 'Sleep boost amplitude' within [E5.17] 'Sleep boost time', and then enters to sleep mode. In sleep mode, the frequency converter stops output with 'PSLP' displayed on the operating panel.
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
157/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
EFC x610 Series
[Sleep boost] = [E5.18] x [PID reference]
During sleeping, the frequency converter monitors the actual PID feedback and wakes up when the following two conditions are met:
●
[PID feedback] < [E5.19] 'Wake up level'
●
[Duration] t ≥ [E5.20] 'Wake up delay'
The frequency converter resumes to its previous running status after waking up.
158/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
12.9.9 Pump Protection Function
Two modes of pump protection are available:
●
●
Pump dry protection: Protecting the pump from running without water load
(e.g., water pump without water)
Pump leakage protection: Protecting the pump from running with leakage
Both protection modes are realized by comparing the PID feedback with the PID reference when the frequency converter is running at [E0.09] 'Output frequency high limit'.
Code Name
E5.05 Pump dry protection ratio
Setting range
0.0 %… [E5.08]
E5.06 Pump dry protection delay
E5.07 Pump dry protection delay at start-up
E5.08 Pump leakage protection ratio
0.0…300.0 s
(0.0 s: Inactive)
0.0…300.0 s
0.0…100.0 %
E5.09 Pump leakage protection delay
0.0…600.0 s
(0.0 s: Inactive)
E5.10 Pump leakage protection delay at start-up 0.0…600.0 s
E9.05 Last error type
E9.06 Second last error type
E9.07 Third last error type
24: Pdr, pump dry
Default Min.
Attri.
30.0
0.1
Run
0.0
30.0
50.0
0.0
60.0
0
0
0
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
1
1
1
Run
Run
Run
Run
Run
Read
Read
Read
The conditions to trigger the pump dry protection:
●
Frequency converter runs at the [E0.09] 'Output frequency high limit'
●
●
([PID feedback] ÷ [PID reference]) < [E5.05] 'Pump dry protection ratio'
Duration ≥ [E5.06] 'Pump dry protection delay'
When the pump dry protection is triggered, the error code 'Pdr' will be displayed on the operating panel. The error message '24: Pdr, pump dry' can be read via parameters E9.05...E9.07.
The conditions to trigger the pump leakage protection:
●
Frequency converter runs at the [E0.09] 'Output frequency high limit'
●
●
([PID feedback] ÷ [PID reference]) < [E5.08] 'Pump leakage protection ratio'
Duration ≥ [E5.09] 'Pump leakage protection delay'
When the pump leakage protection is triggered, the warning code 'PLE' will be displayed on the operating panel.
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
159/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
EFC x610 Series
●
●
The 'Pump dry protection delay at start-up' E5.07 and the 'Pump leakage protection delay at start-up' E5.10 are used to prevent the two modes of protection at start-up process.
These two modes of protection are only valid when PID control is enabled.
160/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
12.10 Protection Functions
12.10.1 Converter Protection
Overload pre-warning
When the frequency converter output current is higher than [C0.29] 'Converter overload pre-warning level' and lasts for longer than [C0.30] 'Converter overload pre-warning delay', the 'Converter overload pre-warning' signal will be active on
DO1 output or Relay1 output. The signal will be immediately inactive when the output current is lower than[C0.29].
The actual overload pre-warning level will be reduced by the output current derating by the equation:
[Actual overload pre-warning level] = [C0.29] x [Derating percentage]
Example: When [C0.29] = 50 %, the derating percentage of the output current at
15 kHz is 51 %, as shown in
chapter "Derating and carrier frequency" on page
.
●
●
When the carrier frequency is 4 kHz, the output current is 100 % of the rated current, the actual overload pre-warning level is 50 %, which equals to the
[C0.29].
When the carrier frequency is 15 kHz, the output current is derated to 51 % of the rated current, the actual overload pre-warning level is 50 % x 51 %.
Code Name Setting range
C0.29 Converter overload pre-warning level 20.0...200.0 %
C0.30 Converter overload pre-warning delay 0.0...20.0 s
E2.01 DO1 output selection
E2.15 Relay1 output selection
11: Converter overload pre-warning
Default Min.
Attri.
110.0
0.1
Stop
2.0
1
1
0.1
–
–
Stop
Stop
Stop
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
161/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
EFC x610 Series
Stall overvoltage prevention
This function is used to prevent the frequency converter from overvoltage during deceleration when the load is excessively heavy or the deceleration time is excessively short.
Code Name Setting range Default Min.
Attri.
0 – Stop
1P 200 VAC: 300...390 V
3P 400 VAC: 600...785 V
390
770
0 Stop
With stall overvoltage prevention, the frequency converter detects the DC-bus voltage and compares it with [C0.26] 'Stall overvoltage prevention level' during deceleration:
●
[DC-bus voltage] > [C0.26]: The output frequency stops deceasing
●
[DC-bus voltage] < [C0.26]: The output frequency resumes decreasing
The typical behavior of stall overvoltage prevention is shown as the figure below:
Fig. 12-43: Stall overvoltage prevention during deceleration
If [C0.26] is too low, the deceleration process may fail.
162/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
Stall overcurrent prevention
This function is used to prevent the frequency converter from overcurrent when the load is excessively heavy or the acceleration time is excessively short. This function is always active during acceleration or at constant speed.
Code Name
C0.27 Stall overcurrent prevention level
Setting range
20.0 %…[C2.42]
Default
200.0
Min.
0.1
Attri.
Stop
The typical behavior of stall overcurrent during acceleration is shown as the figure below:
Fig. 12-44: Stall overcurrent during acceleration
●
[Output current] > [C0.27]
The output frequency stops increasing.
●
[Output current] < [C0.27]
The output frequency resumes increasing to the setting frequency with defined acceleration time.
The typical behavior of stall overcurrent at constant speed is shown as the figure below:
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
163/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
EFC x610 Series
Fig. 12-45: Stall overcurrent at constant speed
●
●
[Output current] > [C0.27]
The output frequency decreases till the output current is lower than [C0.27] with defined deceleration time.
[Output current] < [C0.27]
The output frequency increases to the setting frequency with defined acceleration time.
164/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
Phase loss protection
Error code 'IPH.L' is displayed on the operating panel in case of input phase loss error occurs; error code 'OPH.L' is displayed on the operating panel in case of output phase loss error occurs.
Code Name
C0.28 Phase loss protection mode 0...3
Setting range Default
3
Min.
–
Attri.
Run
●
●
0: Both input and output phase loss protection active
1: Only input phase loss protection active
●
●
●
●
2: Only output phase loss protection active
3: Both input and output phase loss protection inactive
An input phase loss can also be triggered by line voltage imbalance or deterioration of DC-bus capacitors. The input phase loss cannot be detected in the following conditions:
●
No run command
The output current is lower than 30 % of converter rated current
During motor deceleration
The output phase loss has a dead zone in the following cases:
●
The output frequency is lower than 1.00 Hz
●
During DC-braking
●
●
●
During restarting with speed capture
During motor parameters auto-tuning
Wrong settings of parameter C1.07 'Motor rated current'
Analog Input Broken Wire Detection
Code Name
E1.61 Broken wire reaction mode
0: Inactive
Setting range
1: Warning
2: Error
Default
0
Min.
–
Attri.
Stop
If '4…20 mA' or '2…10 V' is selected for AI1 and AI2 analog input, then this function can detect the input missing possibly due to the cable disconnection. Once the broken wire is detected, the frequency converter can either continue running with warning (Warning code: Aib-) or stop with error indication (Error code:
AibE), which can be configured by parameter E1.61.
For 4…20 mA analog input, the detection level is 10 % of 4 mA.
For 2…10 V analog input, the detection level is 7.5 % of 2 V.
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
165/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
EFC x610 Series
12.10.2 Reaction to External Error Signals
The frequency converter stops once an external error signal is active and the error code 'E-St' will be displayed on the operating panel if one X1...X4 input is defined as either 'Error signal N.O. contact input' or 'Error signal N.C. contact input'.
Code
E1.00
E1.01
E1.02
E1.03
E1.04
Name
X1 input
X2 input
X3 input
X4 input
X5 input
Setting range
32: Error signal N.O. contact input
33: Error signal N.C. contact input
Default Min.
Attri.
0 1 Stop
0
0
1
1
Stop
Stop
0
0
1
1
Stop
Stop
●
●
32: Error signal N.O. contact input
– If the defined switch is closed, the external error signal is active.
– If the defined switch is open, the external error signal is inactive.
33: Error signal N.C. contact input
– If the defined switch is open, the external error signal is active.
– If the defined switch is closed, the external error signal is inactive.
Example:
Set [E1.00] = '32: Error signal N.O. contact input' or
Set [E1.01] = '33: Error signal N.C. contact input'
Fig. 12-46: Error signal
The frequency converter stops and indicates error code 'E-St' if K1 is closed.
or
The frequency converter stops and indicates error code 'E-St' if K2 is open.
166/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
12.10.3 Motor Protection
Motor derating frequency at low speed
This function is used to reduce the overload and thermal risks as motors have worse cooling performance at low speed, compared at rated speed.
Code Name Setting range
C1.75 Low speed derating frequency 0.10...300.00
C1.76 Zero speed load 25.0...100.0 %
Default Min.
Attri.
25.00
0.01
Run
25.0
0.1
Run
Fig. 12-47: Derating at low speed
●
●
Low speed derating frequency
When the output frequency is higher than [C1.75] 'Low speed derating frequency', the allowed continuous current is [C1.07] 'Motor rated current'.
When the output frequency is lower than [C1.75], the allowed continuous current is reduced according to the above curve, with the lowest value to [C1.76]
'Zero speed load' at standstill.
Zero speed load
Zero speed load is the allowed continuous current (percentage of rated current) at standstill.
For a motor with external cooling, [C1.76] 'Zero speed load' is set to
100 %, and the low speed derating function is inactive.
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
167/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
EFC x610 Series
Motor thermal protection without temperature sensor
This function is to realize the motor thermal protection based on the thermal model of motor.
Code Name
C1.69 Motor thermal model protection setting
C1.74 Motor thermal protection time constant
Setting range
0: Inactive
1: Active
0.0...400.0 min
Default Min.
Attri.
1
DOM
–
0.1
Stop
Stop
[C1.74] is obtained by the equation below:
Cv:
Cv of iron (Fe):
Specific heat capacity
(J/kg)
450 J/kg
Cv of aluminium (Al): 900 J/kg
M:
Fig. 12-48: Motor thermal protection time constant
Motor weight (kg)
Increase the value of C1.74 'Motor thermal protection time constant' appropriately if motor overload protection error code 'OL-2' occurs frequently. This function can be disabled by setting [C1.69] = 0, if necessary.
Ensure that the converter output current does not exceed 110 % of the [C1.07]
'Motor rated current'.
Motor overload pre-warning
Code Name Setting range
C1.70 Motor overload pre-warning level 100.0...250.0 %
C1.71 Motor overload pre-warning delay 0.0...20.0
E2.01 DO1 output selection
E2.15 Relay1 output selection
12: Motor overload prewarning
Default Min.
Attri.
100.0
0.1
2.0
1
1
0.1
–
–
Run
Run
Stop
Stop
When the output current exceeds the threshold defined by C1.70 'Motor overload pre-warning level' for [C1.71] 'Motor overload pre-warning delay', the prewarning signal is active on DO1 or Relay1 output. Users may use the indication of this pre-warning signal according to actual application situations. The signal is immediately deactivated when the output current is lower than the threshold.
168/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
Motor thermal protection with temperature sensor
For a temperature sensor with voltage supply, use terminals +10 V, AI1 / AI2 and
GND on the frequency converter.
Fig. 12-49: Temperature sensor with voltage supply
For a temperature sensor with current supply, use terminals AO1, AI1 / AI2 and
GND on the frequency converter.
Fig. 12-50: Temperature sensor with current supply
Code Name
E1.60 Motor temperature sensor channel
C1.72 Motor sensor type
E1.35 AI1 input mode
E1.40 AI2 input mode
E2.25 AO1 output mode
Setting range
0...2 (0: Inactive)
0, 2
0: 0…20 mA
1: 4...20 mA
2: 0…10 V
3: 0...5 V
4: 2…10 V
0: 0…10 V
1: 0…20 mA
Default Min.
Attri.
0 – Stop
0
2
–
–
Stop
Run
1 – Run
0 – Run
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
169/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
EFC x610 Series
Code Name
E2.26 AO1 output selection
Setting range
11: Motor temperature sensor power
C1.73 Motor protection level 0.0...10.0
C1.74 Motor thermal protection time constant 0.0...400.0 min
E1.69 Analog channel filter time 0.000...2.000 s
Default
0
2.0
DOM
Min.
–
0.1
0.1
Attri.
Run
Stop
Stop
0.100
0.001
Run
Activate the function of temperature monitoring with temperature sensor:
●
Set [E1.60] = '1: AI1 analog input' or
●
Set [E1.60] = '2: AI2 analog input'
AI1 / AI2 will be automatically set as voltage input mode when
[E1.60] = 1 or 2.
Select the sensor type:
●
[C1.72] = 0: PTC
●
For PTC sensors, the value of resistor R in the figure should be close to the sensor resistance when the motor is at high temperature.
[C1.72] = 2: PT100
For a good resolution of temperature with PT100 sensors, the value of resistor R in the figure should be close to the sensor resistance at the motor temperature limit.
Supply source to the temperature sensor:
●
If [E2.26] = '11: Motor temperature sensor power', AO1 is shifted with current supply mode regardless of the setting of E2.25. In this case, AO1 output current is:
– [C1.72] = 0, AO1 output = 1.6 mA, or
– [C1.72] = 2, AO1 output = 9.1 mA
●
If [E2.26] ≠ 11, AI1 output mode is resumed to [E2.25] 'AO1 output mode' automatically.
Set the motor protection level
Set C1.73 'motor protection level' according to the characteristic of the temperature sensor. The setting value corresponds to the voltage value detected by of
AI1 / AI2 input.
Example: If [C1.73] = 2, it represents 2 V, and the frequency converter stops with error code 'Ot' displayed on the operating panel when the voltage level on
AI1 / AI2 is higher than 2 V.
If AI1 and AI2 analog inputs have been defined with other functions,
E1.60 cannot be set to 1 or 2.
170/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
12.10.4 Resistor Braking Test
This function is used to test the status of the brake chopper and brake resistor when the frequency converter is in stop state.
Code
C0.17
Name
Braking testing
Setting range
0: Inactive; 1: Active
Default Min.
Attri.
0 – Stop
●
●
0: Inactive
This parameter is inactive by default and automatically reset to be inactive after the brake testing process.
1: Active
Following pre-conditions need to be met for this function:
– The frequency converter is in stop state.
– The soft start relay must be closed for a successful soft start. Otherwise, the setting will be reset directly to be inactive.
– The DC-bus voltage must be higher than the undervoltage threshold. If the
DC-bus voltage drops below the threshold, the braking test will be stopped immediately and [C0.17] will be reset to inactive.
DC-bus undervoltage threshold [V]
Hysteresis voltage [V]
1P 200 VAC
230
24
3P 400 VAC
420
10
A typical braking testing process is as shown in the figure below:
Braking testing time 10 ms
Braking duty cycle 1 ms
Fig. 12-51: Braking test process
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
171/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
EFC x610 Series
12.10.5 Power Fault Ride-through Setting
Code
C0.40
Name
Power fault ride-through setting
Setting range
0: Inactive
1: Output disabled
Default
0
Min.
–
Attri.
Stop
When AC power is lost or not stable for a short time, the frequency converter remains active as long as the power is available (1P: DC-bus voltage above
180 V; 3P: DC-bus voltage above 370 V). In this process, the frequency converter output will be switched off. When the power supply resumes, the frequency converter will execute speed capture and resume its previous operation.
172/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
12.11 Motor Control
12.11.1 Motor Parameterization
Nameplate parameters configuration
Most of motor data are available on the motor nameplate, based on which the following parameters of the frequency converter need to be set accordingly.
Code Name
C1.05 Motor rated power
C1.06 Motor rated voltage
C1.07 Motor rated current
C1.08 Motor rated frequency
C1.09 Motor rated speed
C1.10 Motor rated power factor
Setting range
0.1...1000.0 kW
0...480 V
0.01...655.00 A
5.00...400.00 Hz
1...30,000
0.00: Automatically identified
0.01...0.99: Power factor setting
Default
DOM
DOM
DOM 0.01
Stop
50.00
0.01
Stop
DOM 1 Stop
0.00
Min.
0.1
Stop
1 Stop
0.00
Attri.
Stop
If the data for 'Motor rated power factor' C1.10 is not available on the motor nameplate, keep its default setting '0.00: Automatically identified'. However, the rotational auto-tuning performance may be affected.
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
173/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
EFC x610 Series
Motor slip frequency configuration
This function is available in both V/f control and SVC control, used to compensate the deviation between the motor speed and the synchronous speed caused by the load. In addition, the mechanical performance of the motor can be improved with this function.
For V/f control, slip compensation does not work in acceleration, deceleration,
DC-braking processes or regenerative mode.
For SVC control, slip compensation is always active.
Fig. 12-52: Slip frequency compensation
If the slip frequency compensation is excessively large, the motor speed may exceed the synchronous speed.
Code Name
C1.12
Motor rated slip frequency
Setting range
0.00...20.00 Hz
Default Min.
Attri.
DOM 0.01
Run
By default, this parameter will be set automatically according to the basic motor parameters. The value can be adjusted with the following equations:
● n s
= f n
x 60 / p
●
● s = (n s
- n n
) / n s fs = s x f n n s
: synchronous speed; f n
: rated frequency p: numbers of pole pairs; s: rated slip n n
: rated speed; f s
: rated slip frequency
174/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
Motor parameter auto-tuning
Function description
With the configuration of motor nameplate parameters and motor rated slip frequency, the frequency converter can run in V/f control. In addition, the following parameters are calculated automatically based on the motor nameplate parameters:
Code Name
C1.20 Motor no-load current
C1.21 Stator resistance
C1.22 Rotor resistance
C1.23 Leakage inductance
C1.24 Mutual inductance
Setting range
0.00...[C1.07] A
0.00...50.00 Ω
0.00...50.00 Ω
0.00...200.00 mH
0.0...3,000.0 mH
Default
DOM
DOM
DOM
DOM
DOM
Min.
Attri.
0.01
Stop
0.01
Stop
0.01
Stop
0.01
Stop
0.1
Stop
For SVC control and applications with higher performance requirement in V/f control, motor parameter auto-tuning is necessary. Two modes of auto-tuning are available, static auto-tuning and rotational auto-tuning. The former mode is mainly used for V/f control and the latter is used ONLY for SVC control.
The actual no-load current is limited to 75 % of the motor rated current.
Example
[C1.07] = 2.06, then set [C1.20] = 2.06, the actual setting value is 1.54.
[C1.07] = 655.00, then set [C1.20] = 655.00, the actual setting value is 491.22.
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
175/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
EFC x610 Series
●
●
Check and make sure the following points before auto-tuning:
●
●
The motor is in standstill and not at high temperature.
The power rating of the frequency converter is close to that of the motor.
Set C1.05...C1.10 based on motor nameplate data. If the power factor data is unavailable on the nameplate, keep the default setting of C1.10.
Set E0.08 according to motor parameters and actual application conditions.
Disconnect the load from the motor shaft for rotational auto-tuning.
Set auto-tuning mode and start motor parameter auto-tuning
Set the following parameter according to the control mode of the frequency converter and the application situation:
Code
C1.01
Name
Motor parameter tuning
Setting range
0...2
Default Min.
Attri.
0 – Stop
●
●
●
0: Inactive. SVC control can still be used, but with lower performance.
1: Static auto-tuning. This mode is suggested to be used for V/f control. It can also be used for SVC control when the load cannot be disconnected.
2: Rotational auto-tuning (suggested to be used for SVC control)
Press the <Run> button on the operating panel to start auto-tuning. In the process of auto-tuning, a status code 'tUnE' will be displayed on the operating panel.
When the auto-tuning process is complete, the status code disappears and the settings of the following parameters will be obtained automatically:
Static auto-tuning
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
–
–
Rotational auto-tuning
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
√
Parameters obtained by auto-tuning
C1.12: Motor rated slip frequency
C1.20: Motor no-load current
C1.21: Stator resistance
C1.22: Rotor resistance
C1.23: Leakage inductance
C1.24: Mutual inductance
C3.05: Current loop proportional gain
C3.06: Current loop integral time
C3.00: Speed loop proportional gain
C3.01: Speed loop integral time
Tab. 12-18: Parameters obtained by auto-tuning
176/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
12.11.2 EFC 3610 - V/f Control
V/f curve selection
Code
C2.00
Name
V/f curve mode
Setting range
0...2
Default Min.
Attri.
0 – Stop
The frequency converter provides three curve modes:
●
0: Linear mode
This mode refers to linear voltage / frequency control, which is used for normal constant torque loads.
Fig. 12-53: Linear V/f curve
●
1: Square curve
This mode refers to square voltage / frequency control, which is used for variable torque loads of fans, pumps, etc.
Fig. 12-54: Square V/f curve
●
2: User-defined curve
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
177/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
EFC x610 Series
This mode refers to voltage / frequency control with curve defined according to actual application, which is used for special loads of dewatering machines, centrifuges, etc.
Fig. 12-55: User-defined V/f curve
WARNING
Excessively high voltage at low-frequency may cause the motor overheat or damage, and the frequency converter stall overcurrent or overcurrent protection.
User-defined V/f curve configuration
Code Name
C2.01 V/f frequency 1
C2.02 V/f voltage 1
C2.03 V/f frequency 2
C2.04 V/f voltage 2
C2.05 V/f frequency 3
C2.06 V/f voltage 3
Setting range
0.00...[C2.03] Hz
0.0...120.0 %
[C2.01]...[C2.05] Hz
0.0...120.0 %
[C2.03]...[E0.08] Hz
0.0...120.0 %
Default
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
Min.
Attri.
0.01
Stop
0.1
Stop
0.01
Stop
0.1
Stop
0.01
Stop
0.1
Stop
Each of the three V/f frequency points is limited by the neighboring V/f frequency points, each V/f frequency point must be set according to following sequence: 0 ≤ [C2.01] ≤ [C2.03] ≤ [C2.05] ≤ [C1.08]
There are two modes of user-defined V/f curve:
●
User-defined V/f curve when [C2.05] ≤ [C1.08]
178/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
In this mode, the output voltage is limited to 100 % even if [C2.06] 'V/f voltage 3' is higher than 100 %.
Fig. 12-56: User-defined V/f curve when [C2.05] ≤ [C1.08]
●
User-defined V/f curve when [C2.05] ≥ [C1.08]
In field weakening range, output voltage needs to be higher than the rated voltage. In this case,
– The maximum value of C2.05 'V/f frequency 3' can be higher than [C1.08]
'Motor rated frequency'.
– The maximum value of C2.06 'V/f voltage 3' can be higher than 100 %.
Fig. 12-57: User-defined V/f curve when [C2.05] ≥ [C1.08]
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
179/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
EFC x610 Series
Slip compensation factor configuration
This function is used to compensate [C1.12] 'Motor rated slip compensation' according to the actual applications in V/f control.
Code Name
C2.07
Slip compensation factor
Setting range
0…200 %
Default
0
Min.
1
Attri.
Run
●
●
●
0 %: No slip compensation
The slip compensation function is deactivated.
1...100 %: Full slip compensation
Example: [C1.12] = 2.50 Hz, [C2.07] = 100 %
The actual slip compensation is 2.50 Hz x 100 % = 2.50 Hz.
101...200 %: Over slip compensation
Example: [C1.12] = 2.50 Hz, [C2.07] = 200 %
The actual slip compensation is 2.50 Hz x 200 % = 5.00 Hz.
180/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
Torque boost setting
The torque boost function is used to obtain higher output torque and better stabilization by boosting the output voltage, especially at low speed.
Code Name
C2.21 Torque boost setting
C2.22 Torque boost factor
C2.00 V/f curve mode
C1.08 Motor rated frequency
Setting range
0.0 %: Automatic boost
0.1... 20.0 %: Manual boost
0...320 %
0: Linear mode
1: Square curve
2: User-defined curve
5.00...400.00 Hz
Default Min.
Attri.
0.0
50
0
50.00
0.1
1
–
0.01
Run
Run
Stop
Stop
●
Manual torque boost with linear or user-defined V/f curve
In this V/f curve, the output voltage starts to be boosted when the output frequency is lower than half of [C1.08].
Example: If [C1.08] = 50.00 Hz, then torque boost function is active when output frequency is lower than 25.00 Hz.
Fig. 12-58: Manual torque boost with linear or user-defined V/f curve
[C2.21] is the voltage boost value at 0.00 Hz. The actual voltage boost values for other frequency points decreases in linear along with output frequency increase.
●
Manual torque boost with square curve
In this square V/f curve, the output voltage starts to be boosted when the output frequency is lower than [C1.08].
Example: If [C1.08] = 50.00 Hz, then torque boost function is active when the output frequency is lower than 50.00 Hz.
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
181/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
EFC x610 Series
Fig. 12-59: Manual torque boost with square curve
In automatic boost mode, the output voltage boost percentage is determined automatically by the output frequency and the load current. The linear and square
V/f curves for automatic torque boost are shown as figures below.
●
Automatic torque boost with linear V/f curve
Fig. 12-60: Automatic torque boost with linear V/f curve
●
Automatic torque boot with square V/f curve
182/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
Fig. 12-61: Automatic torque boot with square V/f curve
For further adjustment of the voltage boost, set parameter C2.22 'Torque boost factor'. Its default value 50 % means no adjustment. The calculation equation is shown as below:
[Voltage boost] = √3 x 0.5 x I
1
x R
1
x [C2.22]
R
1
: stator resistance
I
1
: stator current
Thus R
1
should be preset or calculated or tuned, and then input to [C1.21].
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
183/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
EFC x610 Series
Optimization functions for V/f control
Heavy load voltage stabilization
This function is used to suppress the output voltage and current oscillation caused by large impact to DC-bus voltage in case of heavy load.
Code Name Default Min.
Attri.
C2.23 Heavy load stabilization
Setting range
0: Inactive
1: Active
1 – Run
Light load oscillation damping
This function is used to suppress the motor oscillation in the case of light load or no load.
Code Name Setting range
C2.24 Light load oscillation damping factor 0...5,000 %
C2.25 Light load oscillation damping filter factor 10...2,000 %
Default
0
100
Min.
1
1
Attri.
Run
Run
●
●
●
●
[C2.24] = 0 %: Oscillation suppression is inactive.
Increasing [C2.24] brings a better effect of oscillation suppression, but excessive increase leads to unstable running of the motor.
[C2.25] = 100 %: This setting can suppress oscillation in most situations.
Adjustment of [C2.25] is helpful in the following conditions:
– Increase [C2.25] if the oscillation damping performance is not obvious, but excessive increase leads to slow suppression.
– Decrease [C2.25] if the oscillation occurs at low speed.
184/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
Output current limitation
This function is used to avoid the tripping caused by over current when the load has large inertia or sudden changes.
Code Name
C2.40 Current limitation mode 0...2
Setting range Default
0
Min.
–
Attri.
Stop
●
●
●
0: Always inactive
Current limitation control function is inactive.
1: Inactive at constant speed
Current limitation control is active during acceleration and deceleration, but inactive at constant speed.
2: Active at constant speed
Current limitation control is active during acceleration, deceleration and at constant speed.
The current regulator is a PI regulator with configurable P factor and I factor.
●
●
The higher value of C2.43 'Proportional gain', the faster the current suppression.
The higher value of C2.44 'Integral time', the more accurate of current suppression.
Code Name
C2.42 Current limitation level
C2.43 Current limitation proportional gain
C2.44 Current limitation integral time
Setting range
20...250 %
0.000...10.000
0.000...1.000
Default Min.
Attri.
200 1 Stop
DOM 0.001 Stop
DOM 0.001 Stop
The default settings of C2.43 and C2.44 can meet requirements in most applications. If slight adjustment is necessary, increase [C2.43] first with no oscillation, and then decrease [C2.44] to achieve fast response without overshooting.
[C0.27] 'Stall overcurrent prevention level' should be smaller than [C2.42] 'Automatic current limitation level', otherwise a warning code 'PrSE' will be displayed on the operating panel and parameter setting can not be saved.
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
185/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
EFC x610 Series
12.11.3 EFC 5610 - SVC Control
SVC control loop configuration
Code Name Setting range
C3.00 Speed loop proportional gain
C3.01 Speed loop integral time
0.00...655.35
0.01...655.35
C3.05 Current loop proportional gain 0.1...1,000.0
C3.06 Current loop integral time 0.01...655.35
C3.20 Low speed torque limitation factor 1…200 %
Default
DOM
DOM
DOM
DOM
100
Min.
Attri.
0.01
Run
0.01
Run
0.1
Run
0.01
Run
1 Stop
Speed control mode
The frequency converter is by default running in speed control mode. In this mode, the frequency converter follows the frequency reference change, and the output torque changes with the load.
Code Name
C3.44 Torque positive limit
C3.45 Torque negative limit
Setting range
0.0…200.0 %
0.0…200.0 %
Default
150.0
150.0
Min.
0.1
0.1
Attri.
Run
Run
C3.44 'Torque positive limit' and C3.45 'Torque negative limit' are used to limit the output torque in speed control mode. The former parameter is used when the frequency converter is in forward running, while the latter parameter is used when it is in reverse running.
186/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
Torque control mode
When torque control mode is active, the frequency converter follows the torque reference change. In torque control mode:
●
The motor speed is limited by [E0.09] 'Output frequency high limit'.
●
●
The torque reference is set by the selected channel with defined curve characteristic.
The direction of the torque reference is set by the selected run command source.
To use the torque control mode, take the following steps:
Step 1: Set the activation mode of torque control
Code Name
C3.40 Torque control mode
Setting range
0: Activated by X1…X5
1: Always active
Default Min.
Attri.
0 0 Stop
E1.00 X1 input
E1.01 X2 input
E1.02 X3 input
E1.03 X4 input
E1.04 X5 input
23: Torque / speed control switch 0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
Stop
Stop
Stop
Stop
Stop
●
[C3.40] = '0: Activate torque control by X1…X5'
In this mode, the corresponding parameter [E1.00]...[E1.04] of the selected
X1...X5 input needs to be set as '23: Torque / speed control switch'.
●
[C3.40] = '1: Always active'
Step 2: Set the torque reference
Code Name
C3.41 Torque control reference
C3.42 Torque reference minimum value
0: AI1
Setting range
1: AI2
2: Panel potentiometer
0.0 %…[C3.43]
C3.43 Torque reference maximum value [C3.42]…200.0 %
Default
0
0.0
150.0
Min.
1
0.1
0.1
Attri.
Stop
Run
Run
Define the voltage / current mode for AI1 and AI2 analog inputs before setting the torque reference.
●
Parameter C3.41 'Torque control reference' is used to set torque reference channel.
●
Parameters C3.42 'Torque reference minimum value' and C3.43 'Torque reference maximum value' are used to define the curve characteristic for the torque reference.
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
187/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
EFC x610 Series
Fig. 12-62: Torque reference characteristic curve
Step 3: Set the direction of torque reference
Code
E0.01
Name
First run command source
Setting range
0: Operating panel
1: Multi-function digital input
2: Communication
Example 1:
[E0.01] = '0: Operating panel'
[C3.41] = '0: AI1'
[C3.42] = 0.0 %
[C3.43] = 100.0 %
Default
0
Min.
Attri.
1 Stop
188/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
T
T
OUT rated
Output torque
Rated torque t Time
FWD Forward
REV Reverse
Run Run command
Stop Stop command
Fig. 12-63: Set the direction of torque reference by operating panel
Example 2:
[E0.01] = '1: Multi-function digital input'
[E1.15] = '0: 2-wire forward / stop, reverse / stop'
[E1.00] = '35: Forward running (FWD)', [E1.01] = '36: Reverse running (REV)'
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
189/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Functions and Parameters
[C3.41] = '0: AI1', [C3.42] = 0.0 %, [C3.43] = 150.0 %
EFC x610 Series
T
T
OUT rated
Output torque
Rated torque t Time
FWD Forward
REV Reverse
X1
X2
X1 input
X2 input
Fig. 12-64: Set the direction of torque reference by digital input
For run command setting source information, see
Direction Command Source" on page 116 .
190/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Diagnosis
13 Diagnosis
13.1 Display of LED Characters
Character
Display
Character
Display
A n b
O
C o d
P
Tab. 13-1: Display of LED characters r
E F
S
13.2 Status Code
Code Description
8.8.8.8.8.
Displayed at power on, detecting the operating panel
'-' '--' '---' '----' '-----' During parameter backup… tUnE
PSLP
-PF-
Motor parameter tunning
PID sleeping
Modified parameters which are different from default value
H t U
I
13.3 Warning Code
Code
P.oFF
S.Err
C-dr
PrSE
FLE noCP
PLE
Aib-
Description
Displayed only at power down / drop in stop state
Parameter change blocked
Displayed if 'Communication error detection time' exceeds the defined value when 'Communication error protection mode' is set to '1: Keep running'
Parameter setting contradiction
Fan maintenance period expired
No modified parameter
Pump leakage
Analog input broken wire detection
L
–
–
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
191/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Diagnosis
EFC x610 Series
13.4 Error Code
13.4.1 Error 1 (OC-1): Overcurrent at Constant Speed
Possible reason
Sudden load change in run mode
Low mains voltage
Motor power and frequency converter power do not match
Excessive inertia or load
The motor cable is too long
Excessive torque compensation
Solution
Reduce occurrence and scale of sudden change
Check input power supply
Motor power has to match with frequency converter power
Check power of motor and frequency converter, check load
● Decrease the carrier frequency (C0.05)
● Use a frequency converter with larger power
Reduce torque compensation setting (C2.22) till the current decreases
13.4.2 Error 2 (OC-2): Overcurrent during Acceleration
Possible reason Solution
Excessively short acceleration time Increase acceleration time (E0.26)
Excessive start-up frequency Reduce start frequency (E0.36)
Excessive load rotation inertia or impact
Running command active while motor is coasting
Increase acceleration time (E0.26), reduce sudden load change
Restart after motor stop or start with speed capture (E0.35)
Wrong setting of V/f curve related parameters
Motor power and frequency converter power do not match
Adjust setting of V/f curve related parameters
Motor power has to match with frequency converter power
Excessive torque compensation
Wrong motor parameters setting
Reduce torque compensation setting (C2.22) till the current decreases
Correct motor parameters setting
192/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Diagnosis
13.4.3 Error 3 (OC-3): Overcurrent during Deceleration
Possible reason Solution
Excessively short deceleration time
Excessive load rotation inertia
Motor power and frequency converter power do not match
Increase deceleration time (E0.27)
Use suitable brake components
Motor power has to match with frequency converter power
Excessive overexcitation braking factor Reduce [E0.55]
Wrong motor parameter setting Correct motor parameters setting
13.4.4 Error 4 (OE-1): Overvoltage at Constant Speed
Possible reason
Surge voltage from power supply
Motor to earth short circuit causes
DC-bus capacitors overcharged
Excessive load rotation inertia
Noise interference
Solution
Check input power supply
Check motor connection
Use suitable brake components
Check wiring of control circuit, main circuit and grounding
13.4.5 Error 5 (OE-2): Overvoltage during Acceleration
Possible reason
Surge voltage from power supply
Motor to earth short circuit causes
DC-bus capacitors overcharged
Direct start during motor running
Excessively short acceleration time
Solution
Check input power supply
Check motor connection
Restart after motor stop or start with speed capture (E0.35)
Increase acceleration time (E0.26) or use S-curve (E0.25,
E0.28, E0.29)
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
193/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Diagnosis
EFC x610 Series
13.4.6 Error 6 (OE-3): Overvoltage during Deceleration
Possible reason
Surge voltage from power supply
Motor to earth short circuit causes
DC-bus capacitors overcharged
Excessive load rotation inertia
Solution
Check input power supply
Check motor connection
Excessively short deceleration time
Wrong wiring of brake resistor
The brake chopper is damaged
Use suitable brake components
● Increase deceleration time (E0.27)
● Use a brake resistor or a brake resistor unit
● Enable stall overvoltage prevention during deceleration (C0.25)
Check the wiring of brake resistor
Contact with service
13.4.7 Error 7 (OE-4): Overvoltage during Stop
Possible reason
Excessive inertia on the load
Surge voltage from the power supply
Solution
● Increase deceleration time (E0.27)
● Use suitable brake components
Check input power supply
13.4.8 Error 8 (UE-1): Undervoltage during Run
Possible reason
Power failure during running
Main circuit capacitor deterioration
Solution
Check input power supply
Contact with service
13.4.9 Error 9 (SC): Current Surge or Short Circuit
Possible reason Solution
External phase-phase short circuit of motor Check motor wiring
Earth surge Remove the short circuit and check motor
Internal error of power module
Current surge
Contact with service
Increase the acceleration time (E0.26), reduce the overexcitation braking factor (E0.55)
194/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Diagnosis
13.4.10 Error 10 (IPH.L): Input Phase Loss
Possible reason
Abnormal, omitted or broken connections of frequency converter power supply
Broken fuse
Imbalance in the three phases of input power supply
Main circuit capacitor deterioration
Solution
Check power supply connections, remove omitted or broken connections
Check fuse
Check if the imbalance situation exceeds converter withstand capability
Contact with service
13.4.11 Error 11 (OPH.L): Output Phase Loss
Possible reason
Abnormal, omitted or broken connections of frequency converter outputs
Imbalance in the three phases of outputs
Solution
Check the connections of frequency converter outputs, remove omitted or broken connections
Check motor
13.4.12 Error 12 (ESS-): Soft Start Error
Possible reason
Soft start resistor value has been changed
Solution due to over temperature
Power failure
Contact with service
Check the input power supply
Input phase loss occurs during start-up (3 phase) Remove the input phase loss
Main circuit capacitor deterioration Contact with service
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
195/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Diagnosis
EFC x610 Series
13.4.13 Error 20 (OL-1): Converter Overload
Possible reason
Long time overload
Wrong settings of V/f curve related parameters
Motor power and frequency converter power do not match
Solution
Reduce overload time, reduce load
Adjust settings of V/f curve related parameters
Motor power has to match with frequency converter power
Overload happens at lower speed
Excessive load, excessive short Acc. /
Dec. time or cycle
Low mains voltage
Excessive torque compensation
● Reduce load at lower speed
● Reduce the carrier frequency (C0.05)
● Use a frequency converter with larger power
● Adjust load, acceleration/deceleration time or cycle
● Use a frequency converter with larger power
Check input power supply
Reduce torque compensation setting (C2.22) till the current decreases
13.4.14 Error 21 (OH): Converter over Temperature
Possible reason
Frequency converter (heat sink) temperature is higher than max. allowable temperature 85 °C
Temperature detection circuit error
Solution
● Reduce ambient temperature, improve ventilation and heat dissipation; clear dust, cotton wadding in air ducts; check fan and its power supply connection (if available)
● Reduce load if necessary
● Reduce carrier frequency (C0.05)
Contact with service
13.4.15 Error 22 (UH): Converter under Temperature
Possible reason Solution
Temperature sensor defect Contact with service
13.4.16 Error 23 (FF): Fan Failure
Possible reason
Fan defect
Solution
Contact with service
196/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Diagnosis
13.4.17 Error 24 (Pdr): Pump Dry
Possible reason
PID feedback is excessively low while converter is running at output frequency high limit
Solution
● Check if the feedback signal is valid
● If the PID control is used for controlling a water pump, check if the pump is running without water
13.4.18 Error 30 (OL-2): Motor Overload
Possible reason
Motor locked
Solution
Prevent motor lock
● Increase frequency converter output frequency
Normal motor runs long time with large load at low speed
● Reduce load
● Use variable frequency motor or set zero speed load
(C1.76) to a higher value
Low mains voltage
Wrong settings of V/f curve related parameters
Excessive sudden load change
Wrong input of rated motor current
● Set correct motor thermal protection time constant
(C1.74)
Check input power supply
Adjust settings of V/f curve related parameters
Check load
Correct rated motor current in (C1.07)
Multiple motors are driven by one frequency converter
Connect only one motor to the frequency converter
Excessive overexcitation braking factor Reduce [E0.55]
Wrong motor protection parameter settings
Adjust settings of C1.74, C1.75 and C1.76 according to actual motor situations
13.4.19 Error 31 (Ot): Motor over Temperature
Possible reason
Excessive load or bad cooling
Temperature sensor defect
Wrong motor protection parameter settings
Solution
● Check load
● Provide a better cooling condition
Check the motor temperature sensor feedback signal
Different motor with different maximum temperature, set motor protection parameters according to actual protection circuits (C1.72, C1.73, C1.74)
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
197/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Diagnosis
EFC x610 Series
13.4.20 Error 32 (t-Er): Motor Parameter Tuning Error
Possible reason Solution
Motor power and frequency converter power do not match
Motor power has to match with frequency converter power
Wrong setting of motor parameters
Correct motor parameters setting according to motor nameplate
No connection of converter and motor Check motor cable connections
13.4.21 Error 38 (AibE): Analog Input Broken Wire Detection
Possible reason
Analog input wire is disconnected
Solution
Check wiring of AI1 and AI2
13.4.22 Error 40 (dir1): Forward Running Lock Error
Possible reason
Direction control [E0.17] = '1: Forward only'
Direction command is reverse
Solution
Correct the parameter setting
13.4.23 Error 41 (dir2): Reverse Running Lock Error
Possible reason
Direction control [E0.17] = '2: Reverse only'
Direction command is forward
Solution
Correct the parameter setting
13.4.24 Error 42 (E-St): Terminal Error Signal
Possible reason
External error caused by input signals via external terminals
Solution
Check external terminals status
Wrong wiring / setting of multi-function external terminals
Converter stop caused by E-Stop active command via Modbus communication
Ensure the right external signals have been connected correctly to the right multi-function external terminals which are assigned for external error input ([E1.00]...[E1.04] = 32, 33)
Check the stop command via Modbus communication (0X0088: stop according to parameter setting; 0X0090: E-stop active). If converter receives 0X0090 , E-St will be displayed
198/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Diagnosis
13.4.25 Error 43 (FFE-): Firmware Version Mismatch
Possible reason
Operating panel may be placed to the frequency converter with older/newer firmware
Control board may be removed to another device
Solution
Contact with service
Contact with service
13.4.26 Error 44 (rS-): Modbus Communication Error
Possible reason
Device connection problem
Communication target error
Solution
Check device communication connection
Check status of communication target
13.4.27 Error 50 (idE-): Converter Internal Error
Possible reason
Internal error occurs
Solution
Contact with service
13.4.28 Error 55 (PbrE): Parameter Backup / Restore Error
Possible reason Solution
Error occurs during parameter backup/restore process Contact with service
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
199/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Diagnosis
EFC x610 Series
13.5 Error Handling
13.5.1 Restarting after Power Loss
Code Name
E0.45 Power loss restart
E0.46 Power loss restart delay
0: Inactive
Setting range
1: Active
0.0...10.0
Default
0
1.0
Min.
–
Attri.
Stop
0.1
Stop
[E0.45] decides the restart behavior after power loss:
●
Run command source is from panel
– [E0.45] = 0
The frequency converter only starts after pressing <Run> button.
– [E0.45] = 1
The frequency converter will automatically start after [E0.46] 'Power loss restart delay' without pressing the<Run> button after power on.
●
Run command source is not from panel
– [E0.45] = 0
The frequency converter remains static even if a running command exists after power on. To start the frequency converter, deactivate and then reactivate the running command.
– [E0.45] = 1
The frequency converter will automatically start after [E0.46] 'Power loss restart delay' only if a running command is active after power on.
●
●
●
If the frequency converter was running in 3-wire mode before power loss, the restart of the frequency converter is decided by the status of this 3-wire terminal after power on.
If the power loss was caused by power supply interference, an error code 'UE-1' will be displayed on the operating panel in undervoltage situation, and the frequency converter will not restart automatically after power on even setting [E0.45] = 1.
If the run command is from communication, the frequency converter ONLY restarts after sending a stop command first and then sending a run command by communication.
200/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Diagnosis
13.5.2 Automatic Error Reset
Automatic error reset function is used to ensure continuous running without human intervention in the case of occasional errors, such as overcurrent or overvoltage at start or in the run mode. This function can be activated by setting
[E9.00] ≠ 0.
When an error occurs, the frequency converter stops the output and the related error code is displayed at the same time. The system remains in idle mode for delay time [E9.01]. Then the error will automatically be reset and a run command will be generated to restart the frequency converter. This sequence will be performed [E9.00] times. If the error still exists, the frequency converter remains in idle mode and no longer performs automatic restart attempts. In this case, a manual error reset is required to resume the operation.
Automatic error reset is valid for the following errors: OC-1, OC-2, OC-3, OE-1,
OE-2, OE-3, OE-4, OL-1, OL-2, UE-1, E-St, OH and UH.
Code Name
E9.00 Automatic error reset attempts
E9.01 Automatic error reset interval
Setting range
0...3 (0: Inactive)
2...60 s
Default
0
10
Min.
–
1
Attri.
Stop
Stop
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
201/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Diagnosis
EFC x610 Series
13.5.3 Error Reset by X1…X5 Digital Input
The error reset input can be defined with one X1…X5 digital input. This function works in the same manner as the panel error reset function does, which allows remote error reset. 'Error reset signal' is edge sensitive.
Code
E1.00
E1.01
E1.02
E1.03
E1.04
Name
X1 input
X2 input
X3 input
X4 input
X5 input
Setting range
34: Error reset signal
Default Min.
Attri.
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
Set the respective parameter of any X1…X5 input as '34: Error reset signal':
Stop
Stop
Stop
Stop
Stop
Fig. 13-1: Error reset via digital input
202/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Communication
14 Communication
14.1 Brief Introduction
EFC x610 frequency converters provide standard RS485 communication interface to realize the communication between the master and slaves via Modbus protocol. With the help of a PC, a PLC or an external computer a 'single master / multiple slaves' network control can be realized (setting of frequency control command and running frequency, modification of parameters, monitoring of frequency converter running status and error messages) to address the specific requirements of applications.
14.2 Basic Communication Settings
14.2.1 Selection of the Communication Protocol
The standard product only supports Modbus communication protocol. To use other communication protocols, optional communication cards need to be ordered additionally and parameter E8.00 and other related parameters need to be set accordingly.
Code Name
E8.00 Communication protocol
Setting range
0: Modbus
Default
0
Min.
–
Attri.
Stop
14.2.2 Setting the Data Transmission Rate
Data transmission rate refers to the transmission rate of data between the external computer and the frequency converter.
Code Name
E8.10 Modbus baud rate
Setting range
0: 1,200 bps
1: 2,400 bps
2: 4,800 bps
3: 9,600 bps
4: 19,200 bps
5: 38,400 bps
Default Min.
Attri.
3 – Stop
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
203/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Communication
EFC x610 Series
14.2.3 Setting the Data Format
●
●
●
●
Code Name
E8.11 Modbus data format 0...3
Setting range
0: 1 start bit, 8 data bits, 1 stop bit, no parity
1: 1 start bit, 8 data bits, 1 stop bit, even parity
2: 1 start bit, 8 data bits, 1 stop bit, odd parity
3: 1 start bit, 8 data bits, 2 stop bits, no parity
Default Min.
Attri.
0 – Stop
The data format of the converter must be the same as that of the master station. Otherwise, normal communication is impossible.
14.2.4 Setting the Local Address
In Modbus communication, the maximum number of frequency converters in the network is 247. Each frequency converter must have a unique local address.
Code Name
E8.12 Modbus local address 1...247
Setting range Default
1
Min.
1
Attri.
Stop
14.2.5 Setting Command Signal Type
Code Name Setting range
0: Level sensitive
1: Edge sensitive
Default
1
Min.
–
Attri.
Stop
Level sensitive (default situation): The control word is not a real edge sensitive, master should manually reset the command.
For example:
1. Simulate an error
2. Set bit5 = 1, the error is reset
3. Simulate an error again
4. Set bit5 = 1, the error is not reset
5. Master should set bit5 = 0 firstly, then set bit5 = 1, the error is reset
Edge sensitive (selectable): The control command is reset automatically after the activation.
For example:
1. Simulate an error
2. Set bit 5 = 1, the error is reset
3. Simulate an error again
4. Set bit 5 = 1, the error is reset
204/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Communication
14.2.6 Communication Disruption and Response
●
●
Code
E8.01
E8.02
Name
Communication error detection time
Communication error protection mode
0, 1
Setting range
0.0...60.0 s (0.0: Inactive)
Default
0.0
1
Min.
0.1
–
Attri.
Stop
Stop
When [E8.01] = 0.0 s, the disruption detection function is inactive.
If the interval between the current and next communication commands exceeds the time defined in [E8.01] 'Communication error detection time', the frequency converter will reports a communication error code and act as defined in [E8.02] 'Communication error protection mode':
– [E8.02] = 0: Freewheeling to stop
The motor freewheels to stop after the communication timeout no matter the settings of parameter E0.50 'Stop mode'.
– [E8.02] = 1: Keep running
The motor continues running at the setting frequency, and warning code
'C-dr' will be displayed on the operating panel.
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
205/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Communication
EFC x610 Series
14.3 Modbus Protocol
14.3.1 Protocol Description
Brief introduction
●
●
●
●
Modbus is a master / slave protocol. Only one device may send commands in the network at a particular time.
The master station manages message exchange by polling the slave stations.
Unless being approved by the master station, no slave station may send message. In case of an error during data exchange, if no response is received, the master station will query the slave stations absent from the polling.
If a slave station is unable to recognize a message from the master station, an exception response will be sent to the master station.
Slave stations cannot communicate with each other but through the master’s software which reads data from one slave station and sends them to another.
There are two types of dialogs between the master station and the slave stations:
– The master station sends a request to a slave station and waits for its response.
– The master station sends a request to all slave stations and does not wait for their response (broadcasting).
206/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Communication
Transmission
The transmission is of RTU (Remote Terminal Unit) mode with frames containing no message header or end mark. A typical RTU frame format is shown below:
Slave address
1 byte
Function code
1 byte
Data
0...252 byte(s)
CRC
CRC low|CRC high
Tab. 14-1: Typical RTU frame format
●
●
Data are transmitted in binary codes.
CRC: Cyclic redundancy code.
●
●
The address 0 is reserved as broadcast address.
All slave nodes must recognize the broadcast address for writing function (no need of reply).
●
The master node has no specific address, only the slave nodes must have addresses (1...247).
For RTU transmission mode, four types of character format are shown below:
●
1 start bit, 8 data bits, 1 stop bit, no parity
●
●
●
1 start bit, 8 data bits, 1 stop bit, even parity
1 start bit, 8 data bits, 1 stop bit, odd parity
1 start bit, 8 data bits, 2 stop bits, no parity
The character or byte is sent in the following sequence (from left to right):
Start
Start
Start
Start
<-Least significant bit (LSB)
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
5
Most significant bit (MSB)->
6
6
6
6
7
7
7
7
8
8
8
8
Stop –
Even Stop
Odd Stop
Stop Stop
Tab. 14-2: RTU transmission mode
Message frames are separated by a silent interval of at least 3.5 characters' time. The entire frame must be transmitted as a continuous stream of bytes. If the interval of two separated frames is less than 3.5 characters' time, then the slave address of second frame will be treated as the part of first frame by mistake, due to the confusion of the frames, the CRC check will fail and lead to communication fault. If a silent interval of more than 1.5 characters' time occurs between two bytes, the message frame is regarded incomplete and discarded by the receiver.
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
207/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Communication
EFC x610 Series
14.3.2 Modbus Interface
The Modbus communication is via RS485 interface, see descriptions on RS485+ and RS485- in
chapter 8.1 "Wiring Diagram" on page 31
and
"Control Terminals" on page 40 .
14.3.3 Modbus Function and Message Format
Supported functions
The main function of Modbus is to read and to write parameters. Different function codes decide different operation requests. Modbus functions managed by
EFC x610 and their limits are shown in the table below:
Code
3 = 0x03
6 = 0x06
8 = 0x08
16 = 0x10
23 = 0x17
Function name
Read N register words
Write one register word
Diagnosis
Write N register words
Read/write N register words
Broadcast
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
Max. value of N
16
–
–
16
16
Tab. 14-3: EFC x610 Modbus functions and limits
'Read' and 'Write' are considered from the prospect of the master station.
Modbus message formats are different according to the function codes shown below.
Slave
No.
0x03
Address of 1
Hi | Lo st word
Number of words
Hi | Lo
CRC16
Lo | Hi
Tab. 14-4: Function 3_Request from the master
CRC16
Lo | Hi
Slave
No.
0x03
Number of bytes
Depends on master request
1 st word value
Hi | Lo
Tab. 14-5: Function 3_Response from the slave
–
–
Last word value
Hi | Lo
Slave
No.
0x06
Address of word
Hi | Lo
Value of word
Hi | Lo
Tab. 14-6: Function 6_Master request and slave response (in same format)
CRC16
Lo | Hi
208/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Communication
Slave
No.
0x08
Test word 1
Hi | Lo
Test word 2
Hi | Lo
Tab. 14-7: Function 8_Master request and slave response (in same format)
Slave
No.
0x10
Address of
1 st word
Hi | Lo
Number of words
Hi | Lo
Number of bytes
Tab. 14-8: Function 16_Request from the master
1 st word value
Hi | Lo
–
–
Last word value
Hi | Lo
CRC16
Lo | Hi
CRC16
Lo | Hi
Slave
No.
0x10
Address of 1 st word
Hi | Lo
Tab. 14-9: Function 16_Response from the slave
Slave
No.
0x17
Address of 1 word to be read
Hi | Lo st
Number of words to be read
Hi | Lo
Number of words
Hi | Lo
CRC16
Lo | Hi
Address of 1 st word to be written
Hi | Lo
Number of words to be written
Hi | Lo
Number of bytes to be written
Value of 1 st word to be written
Hi | Lo
Tab. 14-10: Function 23_Request from the master
–
–
Slave
No.
0x17
Number of bytes
1 st
word value read
Hi | Lo
Tab. 14-11: Function 23_Response from the slave
–
–
Value of last word to be written
Hi | Lo
Last word value read
Hi | Lo
CRC16
Lo | Hi
CRC16
Lo | Hi
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
209/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Communication
EFC x610 Series
Function example
Function 0x03: Read N register words, range: 1...16
Example: It is necessary to read 2 continuous words starting from communication register 3000H of the slave frequency converter addressed at 01H. The frame structure is described in the tables below.
Message start
Slave address
Modbus function code
Higher byte of start address
Lower byte of start address
Higher byte of data
Lower byte of data
CRC lower byte
CRC higher byte
Message end
Transmission time for 3.5 bytes
01H
03H
30H
00H
00H
02H
CBH
0BH
Transmission time for 3.5 bytes
Tab. 14-12: Function 0x03_Request from RTU master
Message start
Slave address
Modbus function code
Bytes of data
Higher byte of data in register 0100H
Lower byte of data in register 0100H
Higher byte of data in register 0101H
Lower byte of data in register 0101H
CRC lower byte
CRC higher byte
Message end
Tab. 14-13: Function 0x03_Response from RTU slave
00H
14H
00H
02H
Transmission time for 3.5 bytes
01H
03H
04H
3BH
F6H
Transmission time for 3.5 bytes
210/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Communication
Function 0x06: Write one register word
CAUTION
Frequent writing may damage the internal registers!
●
●
When data is written into the internal registers, there is a limit on the writing times. The register address may be damaged once the writing times is beyond the writing limit. So please avoid frequent writing!
For details of user writing permission, please see
chapter 19.3.1 "Terminology and Abbreviation in Parameter List" on page 253
.
Example: Write 0000H to communication register address 3002H of the slave frequency converter with address 01H. The frame structure is described in the tables below:
Message start
Slave address
Modbus function code
Higher byte of write register address
Lower byte of write register address
Higher byte of write data
Lower byte of write data
CRC lower byte
CRC higher byte
Message end
Transmission time for 3.5 bytes
01H
06H
30H
02H
00H
00H
27H
0AH
Transmission time for 3.5 bytes
Tab. 14-14: Function 0x06_Request from RTU master
Message start
Slave address
Modbus function code
Higher byte of write register address
Lower byte of write register address
Higher byte of write data
Lower byte of write data
CRC lower byte
CRC higher byte
Message end
Tab. 14-15: Function 0x06_Response from RTU slave
Transmission time for 3.5 bytes
01H
06H
30H
02H
00H
00H
27H
0AH
Transmission time for 3.5 bytes
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
211/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Communication
EFC x610 Series
Function 0x08: Diagnostics
Example: To test the communication loop of 2 continuous words 1234H and
5678H with frequency converter slave address 01H, the frame structure is described in the tables below:
Message start
Slave address
Modbus function code
Higher byte of sub-function
Lower byte of sub-function
Higher byte of test word 1
Lower byte of test word 1
Higher byte of test word 2
Lower byte of test word 2
CRC lower byte
CRC higher byte
Message end
Transmission time for 3.5 bytes
01H
08H
00H
00H
12H
34H
56H
78H
73H
33H
Transmission time for 3.5 bytes
Tab. 14-16: Function 0x08_Request from RTU master
Message start
Slave address
Modbus function code
Higher byte of sub-function
Lower byte of sub-function
Higher byte of test word 1
Lower byte of test word 1
Higher byte of test word 2
Lower byte of test word 2
CRC lower byte
CRC higher byte
Message end
Tab. 14-17: Function 0x08_Response from RTU slave
Transmission time for 3.5 bytes
01H
08H
00H
00H
12H
34H
56H
78H
73H
33H
Transmission time for 3.5 bytes
212/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Communication
Function 0x10: Write N register words, range: 1...16
Example: To modify 2 continuous registers start from 4000H with words 0001H and 0000H with slave frequency converter address 01H. The frame structure is described in the tables below:
Message start
Slave address
Modbus function code
Higher byte of write register start address
Lower byte of write register start address
Higher byte of register number
Lower byte of register number
Bytes of data
Higher byte of data in register 0109H
Lower byte of data in register 0109H
Higher byte of data in register 010AH
Lower byte of data in register 010AH
CRC lower byte
CRC higher byte
Message end
Transmission time for 3.5 bytes
01H
10H
40H
00H
00H
02H
04H
00H
01H
00H
00H
93H
ACH
Transmission time for 3.5 bytes
Tab. 14-18: Function 0x10_Request from RTU master
Message start
Slave address
Modbus function code
Higher byte of write register start address
Lower byte of write register start address
Higher byte of register number
Lower byte of register number
CRC lower byte
CRC higher byte
Message end
Tab. 14-19: Function 0x10_Response from RTU slave
00H
00H
02H
54H
Transmission time for 3.5 bytes
01H
10H
40H
08H
Transmission time for 3.5 bytes
Function 0x17: Read/Write N register words, range: 1...16
Example: To read data in 2 continuous registers starting from address 3000H, write 0001H and 0000H to 2 continuous registers starting from address 4000H.
The frame structure is described in the tables below:
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
213/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Communication
EFC x610 Series
Message start
Slave address
Modbus function code
Higher byte of read register start address
Lower byte of read register start address
Higher byte of read register number
Lower byte of read register number
Higher byte of write register start address
Lower byte of write register start address
Higher byte of write register number
Lower byte of write register number
Bytes of data for writing
Higher byte of data in register 0109H
Lower byte of data in register 0109H
Higher byte of data in register 010AH
Lower byte of data in register 010AH
CRC lower byte
CRC higher byte
Message end
Tab. 14-20: Function 0x17_Request from RTU master
Transmission time for 3.5 bytes
01H
17H
30H
00H
00H
02H
40H
00H
00H
02H
04H
00H
01H
00H
00H
E6H
B3H
Transmission time for 3.5 bytes
Message start
Slave address
Modbus function code
Bytes of read register
Higher byte of read register 0100H
Lower byte of read register 0100H
Higher byte of read register 0101H
Lower byte of read register 0101H
CRC lower byte
CRC higher byte
Message end
Tab. 14-21: Function 0x17_Response from RTU slave
Transmission time for 3.5 bytes
01H
17H
04H
00H
14H
00H
02H
38H
E2H
Transmission time for 3.5 bytes
214/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Communication
Error code and exception code
If a slave receives the request without a communication error, but cannot handle it, the slave will return an exception response which includes error code and exception code informing the master of the nature of the error. The error code is formed by setting the MSB of the function code to 1 (i.e. function code plus with 0x80, like 0x83, 0x86, 0x90, 0x97), then the exception response has a format shown below.
Slave No.
Error code Exception code CRC16
Lo | Hi
Exception codes for EFC x610 frequency converters:
●
1 = Parameter cannot be modify owing to user password locked
●
●
2 = The function requested is not recognized by the slave, i.e. not equal to 3,
6, 8, 16 or 23
3 = The word address indicated in the request do not exist in the slave
●
●
●
●
●
●
4 = The word values indicated in the request are not permissible in the slave
5 = Parameters cannot be modify in run mode
6 = Parameters are read-only that cannot be modified
7 = Invalid operation which is decided by the function of frequency converter (*)
9 = EEPROM read/write error
B = Function code 3, read range exceeds 16
(*) includes situations listed below:
●
●
●
Write operations on b0.11 'Parameter replication', U1.00 'Running monitoring display', U1.10 'Stop monitoring display' and C1.01
'Motor parameter tuning', are prohibited.
Write operations on b0.20 'User password', b0.21 'Manufacture password' and b0.10 'Parameter initialization' only support function 6.
Multi-function digital input terminals (E1.00...E1.04) writing operation do not permit repeated non-zero value.
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
215/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Communication
EFC x610 Series
14.3.4 Communication Mapping Register Address Distribution
Frequency converter parameter registers
Frequency converter parameter registers correspond to the function codes oneto-one. Reading and writing of related function codes can be achieved through reading and writing of the contents in frequency converter parameter registers via Modbus communication. The characteristics and scope of reading and writing function codes are in compliance with the frequency converter function code description. The address of a frequency converter parameter register is composed of a higher byte representing the function code group and a lower byte representing the index in the group. The groups are mapped as follows:
Address high byte
Group b0 C0 C1 C2 E0 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E8 E9 U0 U1 d0
Tab. 14-22: Frequency converter parameter registers
Parameters of the monitoring group (Group d0) are always write-protected.
Examples:
To read out the module temperature (d0.20) of EFC x610 frequency converter, use register address 0x1014 (0x10 = Group d0, index 0x14 = 20).
To set V/f curve mode (C2.00) of EFC x610 frequency converter, use register address 0x2200 (0x22 = Group C2, index 0).
Access to a non-existing function code will be acknowledged with exception code 3 (see
chapter 14.3.3 "Modbus Function and Message Format" on page
216/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Communication
Communication control registers
The address of command word register for communication control is 0x7F00.
This register is write-only. The frequency converter is controlled through writing data into the address. The definition of each bit is shown in table below: bit
15...8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Value
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
0
–
1
Description
Reserved
Control word active
Inactive
Stop Acc. / Dec. active (stop the internal Acc. / Dec. ramp generator)
Inactive
Fault reset active
Inactive
E-stop active
Inactive
Stop according to parameter setting
Inactive
Reverse
Forward
Jog active (jogging direction determined by bit 2)
Inactive
Run command active
Inactive
Tab. 14-23: Communication control registers
The address of frequency setting register for communication control is 0x7F01.
This register is for read and write. When 'First frequency setting source' [E0.00]
= '20: Communication', the frequency converter can be set with writing data to this address.
If the communication frame check is successful (CRC valid), the frequency converter always accepts the content of the control word. All conflicts (e.g. run command and stop command active at the same time) are resolved by the application functionality (Run / Stop generator, jog control...). This assures that the frequency converter will always react in the same manner, independent of the run command source.
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
217/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Communication
EFC x610 Series
Communication state feedback registers (0x7FA0)
The frequency converter state can be monitored by reading the register. This register is read-only. The definition of each bit is shown in the table below: bit
15 ... 8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
Value
–
1
0
1
0
1
Description
Error code (equals to [E9.05])
Error
No error
Stall over current
Normal
Stall over voltage
Normal
Decelerating
Not in deceleration
Accelerating
Not in acceleration
Jogging
Not in jog
Running
Stop
Reverse
Forward
Tab. 14-24: Communication state feedback registers (0x7FA0)
218/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Communication
14.3.5 Modbus Communication Example
One slave address is 01H. The frequency setting of the frequency converter has been set to 'Given by communication' and the RUN command source is set to 'Inputting commands by communication'. It is required for the motor connected to the frequency converter to run with 50 Hz (forward rotation). The operation can be achieved with function 0x10 (function 16) of the Modbus protocol. The messages of the requests from the master and responses from the slave are shown in table below:
●
Example 1: Start 01# frequency converter for forward rotation at frequency of
50.00 Hz (represented by 5000 internally)
●
Request
Response
Slave address
0x01
0x01
Function code
0x10
0x10
Start address
0x7F00
0x7F00
Number of address
0x0002
0x0002
Bytes of data
0x04
N/A
Data content
0x0081
0x1388
N/A
CRC code
0x8AE3
0x581C
Example 2: Read the output frequency of 01# frequency converter and output velocity
●
Request
Response
Slave address
0x01
0x01
Function code
0x03
0x03
Start address
0x1000
N/A
Number of address
0x0002
N/A
Bytes of data
N/A
0x04
Data content
N/A
0x1388
0x05DC
CRC code
C0CB
0x7C54
Example 3: Stop 01# frequency converter according to the stopping mode with the function code
Request
Response
Slave address
0x01
0x01
Function code
0x06
0x06
Start address
0x7F00
0x7F00
Number of address
N/A
N/A
Bytes of data
N/A
N/A
Data content
CRC code
0x0088 0x9078
0x0088 0x9078
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
219/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Communication
EFC x610 Series
14.3.6 Special Notes
1. The external computer can not write to function codes b0.11 'Parameter replication', U1.00 'running monitoring display' and U1.10 'Stop monitoring display'.
2. b0.20 'User password' and b0.10 'Parameter initialization' do not support multiple write including single write in multiple write; Motor nameplate parameters and motor physical data should not be modified simultaneously;
Multi-function digital input terminals (E1.00...E0.04) writing operation do not permit repeated non-zero value.
3. If the communication protocol is changed, baud rate, data frame and local address will be restored to factory default.
4. The read response of user password and manufacture password is '0000' in case of external computer reading.
5. The external computer can set, modify or cancel user password, the specific operation is same to the situation when 'Running command source' is from the operating panel.
6. The access to control registers and state registers is not limited by user password.
220/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Communication
14.3.7 Communication Networking
Networking
The communication network is shown in figure below, with a PC, a PLC or an external computer as the master and all frequency converters as slaves, which are connected by shielded twisted pair cables. The slave at the end of the network needs a termination resistor with recommended value of 120 Ω, 0.25 W.
Fig. 14-1: Communication networking
●
●
●
The maximum length of the communication cable is 300 m.
The maximum length of the communication cable is 80 m if the number of slaves is less than 5.
If the Modbus network cannot work successfully, check if a bias resistor has been installed for the master device and make sure that its resistance is not more than 1.5 kΩ.
WARNING
Cables may only be connected when the frequency converters are switched off!
Recommendations on networking
●
●
●
●
●
Use shielded twisted pair cable to connect RS485 links.
Modbus cable should be adequately away from power cables (minimum 30 cm).
Avoid crossing of Modbus cables and power cables and use orthogonal crossing if crossing must be used.
The shielding layer of cables should be connected to protected ground or to equipment ground if the equipment ground has already been connected to protected ground. Do not directly ground any point of the RS485 network.
In no circumstance should ground cables constitute a loop.
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
221/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Accessories
15 Accessories
15.1 Optional Accessories
Optional accessories
LED panel
Dust cover
External EMC filter
Panel mounting plate
Communication cable for cabinet control
Tab. 15-1: Optional accessories
EFC x610 Series
EFC 3610
√
√
√
√
√
EFC 5610
√
√
√
√
√
222/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Accessories
15.2 External EMC Filter
15.2.1 External EMC Filter Type
EFC x610 model
0K40-1P2
0K75-1P2
1K50-1P2
2K20-1P2
0K40-3P4
0K75-3P4
1K50-3P4
2K20-3P4
3K00-3P4
4K00-3P4
5K50-3P4
7K50-3P4
11K0-3P4
15K0-3P4
18K5-3P4
Tab. 15-2: External EMC filter type
External EMC filter type
E0010-A-240
E0020-A-240
E0025-A-240
E0025-A-480
E0036-A-480
E0050-A-480
E0066-A-480
●
●
●
For definition of model or type, see
The EMC filters listed above are recommended based on tests with 50 m motor cables. If longer motor cables are needed, please use appropriate EMC filters.
Only mount the EMC filter FENF vertically. Keep at least 80 mm above the top and below the bottom of the EMC filter free from mounted parts.
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
223/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Accessories
15.2.2 Technical Data
Dimensions
EFC x610 Series
Fig. 15-1: E0010-A-240
224/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Accessories
Fig. 15-2: E0020-A-240_E0025-A-240
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
225/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Accessories
EFC x610 Series
Fig. 15-3: E0025-A-480
226/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Accessories
Fig. 15-4: E0036-A-480, E0050-A-480
Fig. 15-5: E0066-A-480
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
227/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Accessories
EFC x610 Series
Electric data
Electric data of EMC filter for 1P 200 VAC models
When using EMC filters in mains grounded via outer conductor, use an isolating transformer between mains and EMC filter.
Description
Degree of protection according to IEC
60529
Listing according to UL standard (UL)
Listing according to CSA standard (UL)
Mass (weight)
Mains voltage at TN-S, TN-C, TT mains
Mains voltage at Corner- grounded-Delta mains
Mains voltage at IT mains
Tolerance U
LN
(UL)
Input frequency (UL)
Nominal current
Calculation of leakage current
Required wire size according to IEC
60364-5-52; at I
L_cont
Required wire size according to UL 508 A
(internal wiring); at I
L_cont
(UL)
Tab. 15-3: 1P 200 VAC electric data
Symbol
–
–
– m
U
LN
U
LN
U
LN
– f
LN
I
L_cont
I leak
A
A
LN
LN
Unit
– kg
V
–
–
V
V
–
Hz
A mA mm 2
AWG
E0010-
A-240
0.42
10
< 0.5
2
E0020-
A-240
IP 20
UL 1283
C22.2 No.8
0.86
200...240
Not allowed
Not allowed
-10...+10 %
50...60
20
< 3.5
3.5
E0025-
A-240
0.87
25
< 3.5
5.3
14 12 10
228/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Accessories
Electric data of EMC filter for 3P 400 VAC models
Description Symbol Unit
E0025
-A-480
E0036
-A-480
Degree of protection according to IEC
60529
Listing according to UL standard (UL)
Listing according to
CSA standard (UL)
Mass (weight)
Mains voltage threephase at TN-S, TN-C,
TT mains
Mains voltage threephase at Corner- grounded-Delta mains
Mains voltage threephase at IT mains
Tolerance U
LN
(UL)
Input frequency (UL)
Nominal current
Calculation of leakage current
Required wire size according to IEC
60364-5-52; at I
L_cont
I
Required wire size according to UL 508 A
(internal wiring); at
L_cont
(UL)
I
I
U
U
U f
LN
L_cont
A
A
–
–
– m
–
LN
LN
LN leak
LN
LN
–
–
– kg
V
V
V
–
Hz
A mA mm 2
AWG
1.1
25
15
5
10
36
15
10
6
IP 20
UL 1283
E0050
-A-480
C22.2 No.8
1.75
380…480
1.75
Not allowed
Not allowed
-15...+10 %
50...60
50
15
10
6
Tab. 15-4: 3P 400 VAC electric data
E0066
-A-480
2.70
6 (2)
66
16
16
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
229/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Accessories
EFC x610 Series
15.3 External Brake Resistor
15.3.1 Braking Ratio
Brake resistors with different power ratings are available to dissipate braking energy when the frequency converter is in generator mode.
The tables below list the optimal combination of frequency converter, brake resistor and the number of components required to operate one frequency converter with respect to a given moderating ratio OT.
OT (On Time percentage) Braking ratio
Tb Braking time
Fig. 15-6: Braking ratio
Tc Engineering cycle time in application
230/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Accessories
15.3.2 Brake Resistor Selection for Braking Ratio of 10 %
1P 200 VAC
Converter model
Brake resistor
0K40
0K75
1K50
2K20
Specification
400 Ω / 60 W
190 Ω / 100 W
95 Ω / 200 W
65 Ω / 300 W
Number
1
1
1
1
Tab. 15-5: 1P 200 VAC with braking ratio of 10 %
3P 400 VAC
Converter model
0K40
0K75
1K50
2K20
3K00
4K00
5K50
7K50
11K0
15K0
18K5
Tab. 15-6: 3P 400 VAC with braking ratio of 10 %
Specification
750 Ω / 80 W
750 Ω / 80 W
400 Ω / 260 W
250 Ω / 260 W
150 Ω / 390 W
150 Ω / 390 W
75 Ω / 780 W
75 Ω / 780 W
40 Ω / 1,560 W
40 Ω / 1,560 W
32 Ω / 4,800 W
Brake resistor
Number
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
231/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Accessories
EFC x610 Series
15.3.3 Brake Resistor Selection for Braking Ratio of 20 %
1P 200 VAC
Converter model
Brake resistor
0K40
0K75
1K50
2K20
Specification
400 Ω / 100 W
190 Ω / 200 W
95 Ω / 400 W
65 Ω / 500 W
Number
1
1
1
1
Tab. 15-7: 1P 200 VAC with braking ratio of 20 %
3P 400 VAC
Converter model
0K40
0K75
1K50
2K20
3K00
4K00
5K50
7K50
11K0
15K0
18K5
Specification
750 Ω / 150 W
750 Ω / 150 W
350 Ω / 520 W
230 Ω / 520 W
140 Ω / 780 W
140 Ω / 780 W
70 Ω / 1,560 W
70 Ω / 1,560 W
47 Ω / 2,000 W
34 Ω / 3,000 W
28 Ω / 10,000 W
Tab. 15-8: 3P 400 VAC with braking ratio of 20 %
Brake resistor
Number
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
232/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Accessories
15.4 Shielded Cable Connector
The shielding layer of shielded cables must be reliably connected to the shielding terminals of the frequency converter. Accessories (a connector and two screws) for shielded cable connection are available for the connection convenience.
Dimensions and connection figure
Fig. 15-7: Shielded cable connection with accessories for 0K40...4K00
Connection steps
Step 1: Place component ① of the connector on the two screw holes inside of symbols and tighten the screws.
Step 2: Insert the shielded cables through component ② of the connector with the shielding layer reliable contact with the metal.
Step 3: Tighten two screws of the accessories (component ③).
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
233/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Accessories
EFC x610 Series
Fig. 15-8: Shielded cable connection with accessories for 5K50...18K5
Connection steps
Step 1: Place component ① of the connector on the two screw holes inside of symbols and tighten the screws (component ②: M4 x 12).
Step 2: Insert the shielded cables through component ③ of the connector with the shielding layer reliable contact with the metal.
Step 3: Tighten four screws of the accessories (component ④: M4 x 45).
234/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Accessories
15.5 Panel Mounting Plate
15.5.1 Function Description
With the operating panel mounted at the control cabinet, the user can operate and control the frequency converter from the outside of the control cabinet conveniently. To realize this function, the user needs order the panel mounting plate and its accessories additionally.
15.5.2 Recommended Opening Dimensions at Control Cabinet
Fig. 15-9: Recommended opening dimensions at control cabinet
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
235/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Accessories
15.5.3 Mounting the Plate and the Operating Panel
Step 1
Push the mounting plate into the opening at the control cabinet:
EFC x610 Series
Fig. 15-10: Push the mounting plate into the opening (back view)
Step 2
Fix the mounting plate with a metal bar and 2 M4x8 screws:
Fig. 15-11: Fix the mounting plate (back view)
236/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Accessories
Step 3
Push the operating panel in the direction perpendicular to the mounting plate:
Fig. 15-12: Mount the operating panel (front view)
Step 4
Connect the operating panel to the frequency converter with the connection cable and fix the cable connector on the mounting plate with 2 M3x10 screws:
Fig. 15-13: Connect and fix the cable (back view)
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
237/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Accessories
EFC x610 Series
15.6 Communication Cable for Control Cabinet
2 m long cable FRKS0006/002,0 or 3 m long cable FRKS0004/003,0 can be used for the connection of the operating panel.
238/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Maintenance
16 Maintenance
16.1 Safety Instructions
●
●
●
●
WARNING
High electric voltage! Risk of death or severe bodily injury by electric shock!
Only those trained and qualified to work with or on electric equipment are permitted to operate, maintain and repair this equipment.
Do not operate electric equipment at any time, even for brief measurements or tests, if the equipment grounding conductor is not permanently connected to the mounting points of the components provided for this purpose.
Before working with electric parts with voltage potentials higher than 50 V, the device must be disconnected from the mains voltage. Ensure that the mains voltage is not reconnected.
In the frequency converters, capacitors are used in the DC bus as energy stores. Energy stores maintain their energy even when the supply voltage has been cut off. Frequency converters have been dimensioned in such a way that after the supply voltage was cut off, the voltage value falls below 50 V within a discharging time of a maximum of 5 minutes.
16.2 Daily Inspection
Please conduct daily inspection as indicated in the table below in order to prolong the life cycle of frequency converters.
Inspection category
Inspection item Inspection criteria
Inspection result
Ambient conditions
Converter
Motor
Temperature
Relative humidity
Dust, water and leakage
Gas
Sound
Panel display
Fan
Sound
-10...55 ℃ (no frost or condensation)
≤ 90 % (no condensation)
No heavy dust or sign of leakage
(visual inspection)
No strange smell
No strange sound
No error code
No blockage or contamination
No strange sound
Tab. 16-1: Daily inspection list
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
239/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Maintenance
EFC x610 Series
16.3 Periodic Inspection
In addition to daily inspection, periodic inspection of frequency converters is also necessary. The inspection cycle should be less than 6 months. For operation details, please see table below:
Inspection category
Inspection item Inspection criteria Solution
Power supply Voltage
Power cable Power cable
Signal line Signal line
Crimp terminal
Terminal connection and cable / line
Crimp terminal
Frequency converter
Accessories
Specified in nameplate
No color change or damage
No loose connection
1P: 200...240 VAC
(-10 % / +10 %)
3P: 380...480 VAC
(-15 % / +10 %)
Replace cable
Replace signal line
Tighten crimp and terminal screw and terminal block
Visual appearance
No deformation Contact with service
Fan
No color change or deformation
No blockage or contamination
No blockage
Replace fan
Eliminate blockage and clean fan
Eliminate blockage Cooling system
(radiator, inlet, outlet)
Connection
Cable or foreign matters and clear foreign matters
Clean printed
Printed circuit board
DC bus capacitor
No dust or oil contamination circuit board
No leakage, color change, crack or expansion with safety valve shut down
No loose connection
Replace DC bus capacitor
(must be operated by service engineers)
Tighten terminal screw
No color change or damage Replace cable
Tab. 16-2: Periodic inspection list
240/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series
16.4 Removable Components Maintenance
16.4.1 Construction Overview
Bosch Rexroth AG
Maintenance
1 Operating panel
2 I/O interface adapter
3 Housing / Frame
4 Internal components
5 Heat sink / Radiator
Fig. 16-1: Construction overview
6 Heat sink mounting plate
7 Back fan / Fan for heat sink
8 Back fan cover
9 Front fan cover
10 Front fan / Fan for internal components
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
241/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Maintenance
16.4.2 Disassembly of the Operating Panel
EFC x610 Series
●
●
Fig. 16-2: Disassembly of operating panel
Step 1: Press two buckles as circles indicating in the above figure
Step 2: Hold component 1 and pull it out horizontally from component 2
242/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series
16.4.3 Disassembly of Fans
Bosch Rexroth AG
Maintenance
●
●
●
●
Fig. 16-3: Disassembly of fan
Step 1: Press the buckle(s) on component 8 or 9 in the above figure
Step 2: Hold component 8 or 9 and lift it up
Step 3: Pull out component 7 or 10 slowly
Step 4: Disconnect the cable connector of component 7 or 10
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
243/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Service and support
EFC x610 Series
17 Service and support
Our worldwide service network provides an optimized and efficient support.
Our experts offer you advice and assistance should you have any queries. You can contact us 24/7.
Service Germany
Our technology-oriented Competence Center in Lohr, Germany, is responsible for all your service-related queries for electric drive and controls.
Contact the Service Helpdesk & Hotline under:
Phone:
Fax:
+49 9352 40 5060
+49 9352 18 4941
E-mail: [email protected]
Internet: http://www.boschrexroth.com
Additional information on service, repair (e.g. delivery addresses) and training can be found on our internet sites.
Service worldwide
Outside Germany, please contact your local service office first. For hotline numbers, refer to the sales office addresses on the internet.
Preparing information
To be able to help you more quickly and efficiently, please have the following information ready:
●
Detailed description of malfunction and circumstances resulting in the malfunction
●
●
Type plate name of the affected products, in particular type codes and serial numbers
Your contact data (phone and fax number as well as your email address)
244/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Environmental protection and disposal
18 Environmental protection and disposal
18.1 Environmental protection
Production processes
The products are made with energy- and resource-optimized production processes which allow re-using and recycling the resulting waste. We regularly try to replace pollutant-loaded raw materials and supplies by more environmentfriendly alternatives.
No release of hazardous substances
Our products do not contain any hazardous substances which may be released in the case of appropriate use. Normally, our products will not have any negativ influences on the environment.
Significant components
Basically, our products contain the following components:
Electronic devices
∙
steel
∙
aluminum
∙
copper
∙
synthetic materials
∙
electronic components and modules
∙
∙
∙
∙
∙
∙
Motors
steel
aluminum
copper
brass
magnetic materials
electronic components and modules
18.2 Disposal
Return of products
Our products can be returned to our premises free of charge for disposal. It is a precondition, however, that the products are free of oil, grease or other dirt.
Furthermore, the products returned for disposal must not contain any undue foreign material or foreign components.
Send the products ”free domicile” to the following address:
Bosch Rexroth AG
Electric Drives and Controls
Buergermeister-Dr.-Nebel-Strasse 2
97816 Lohr am Main, Germany
Packaging
The packaging materials consist of cardboard, wood and polystyrene. These materials can be recycled anywhere without any problem.
For ecological reasons, please refrain from returning the empty packages to us.
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
245/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Environmental protection and disposal
Batteries and accumulators
Batteries and accumulators can be labeled with this symbol.
EFC x610 Series
The symbol indicating "separate collection" for all batteries and accumulators is the crossed-out wheeled bin.
The end user within the EU is legally obligated to return used batteries. Outside the validity of the EU Directive 2006/66/EC keep the stipulated directives.
Used batteries can contain hazardous substances, which can harm the environment or the people´s health when they are improper stored or disposed of.
After use, the batteries or accumulators contained in Rexroth products have to be properly disposed of according to the country-specific collection.
Recycling
Most of the products can be recycled due to their high content of metal. In order to recycle the metal in the best possible way, the products must be disassembled into individual modules.
Metals contained in electric and electronic modules can also be recycled by means of special separation processes.
Products made of plastics can contain flame retardants. These plastic parts are labeled according to EN ISO 1043. They have to be recycled separately or disposed of according to the valid legal requirements.
246/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series
19 Appendix
19.1 Appendix I: Abbreviations
●
●
●
●
●
●
EFC x610: Frequency Converter EFC 3610 or EFC 5610
FPCC: Operating panel
FENF: External EMC filter
FSAM: Panel mounting plate
FRKS: Communication cable for control cabinet
FSWA: Engineering software
Bosch Rexroth AG
Appendix
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
247/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Appendix
19.2 Appendix II: Type Coding
19.2.1 Frequency Converter Type Coding
EFC x610 Series
Fig. 19-1: Frequency converter type coding
248/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series
19.2.2 Operating Panel Type Coding
Bosch Rexroth AG
Appendix
Fig. 19-2: Operating panel type coding
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
249/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Appendix
19.2.3 External EMC Filter Type Coding
EFC x610 Series
Fig. 19-3: External EMC filter type coding
250/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series
19.2.4 Panel Mounting Plate Type Coding
Bosch Rexroth AG
Appendix
Fig. 19-4: Panel mounting plate type coding
19.2.5 Communication Cable for Control Cabinet Type Coding
Fig. 19-5: Communication cable for control cabinet type coding
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
251/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Appendix
19.2.6 Engineering Software Type Coding
EFC x610 Series
Fig. 19-6: Engineering software type coding
252/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Appendix
19.3 Appendix III: Parameter List
19.3.1 Terminology and Abbreviation in Parameter List
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Code: Function / parameter code, written in bx.xx, Cx.xx, Ex.xx, Ux.xx, dx.xx...
Name: Parameter name
Default: Factory default
Min.: Minimum setting step
Attri.: Parameter attribute
– Run: Parameter setting can be modified when the converter is in run or stop status.
– Stop: Parameter setting can only be modified when the converter is in stop status.
– Read: Parameter setting is read-only and cannot be modified.
DOM: Depends on model
[bx.xx], [Cx.xx], [Ex.xx], [Ux.xx], [dx.xx]...: Function / parameter values
19.3.2 Group b: System Parameters b0: Basic system parameters
Code Name b0.00 Access authority setting b0.10 Parameter initialization b0.11 Parameter replication b0.20 User password b0.21 Manufacturer password
Setting range
0: Basic parameters
1: Standard parameters
2: Advanced parameters
3: Start-up parameters
4: Modified parameters
0: Inactive
1: Restore to default settings
2: Clear error record
0: Inactive
1: Backup parameters to panel
2: Restore parameters from panel
0...65,535
0...65,535
Default Min.
Attri.
0
0
0
0
0
–
–
–
1
1
Run
Stop
Stop
Run
Stop
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
253/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Appendix
EFC x610 Series
19.3.3 Group C: Power Parameters
C0: Power control parameters
Code
C0.00
C0.01
Name
Control mode
(EFC 5610 only)
Normal / Heavy duty setting
(EFC 3610 only)
Setting range
0: V/f control
1: Sensorless vector control
0: ND (Normal duty)
1: HD (Heavy duty)
C0.05 Carrier frequency 1...15 kHz
C0.06
Carrier frequency automatic adjustment
0: Inactive; 1: Active
C0.15 Braking start point
C0.16 Braking duty cycle
C0.17 Braking testing
1P 200 VAC: 300...390 V
3P 400 VAC: 600...785 V
1...100 %
0: Inactive; 1: Active
C0.25 Overvoltage prevention mode 0...2
C0.26
Stall overvoltage prevention level
1P 200 VAC: 300...390 V
3P 400 VAC: 600...785 V
C0.27
Stall overcurrent prevention level
20.0 %...[C2.42]
C0.28 Phase loss protection mode 0...3
C0.29
Converter overload
20.0...200.0 %
C0.30
pre-warning level
Converter overload
0.0...20.0 s
C0.40
pre-warning delay
Power fault ride-through setting
C0.50 Fan control
0: Inactive
1: Output disable
0: Automatically controlled
C0.51 Fan total running time
C0.52 Fan maintenance time
1: Always on
0...65,535 h
0...65,535 h (0: Inactive)
0: Inactive; 1: Active
C0.53 Fan total running time reset
Reset to '0' after action is executed
Setting range of C0.25:
0: Both disabled
254/279
Default Min.
Attri.
0 – Stop
1
ND: 4
HD: 6
0
390
770
100
0
0
390
770
200.0
3
110.0
2.0
0
0
0
0
0
–
1
–
1
1
–
–
1
Stop
Stop
Stop
Stop
Stop
0.1
Stop
– Run
0.1
Stop
0.1
Stop
–
–
1
1
–
Stop
Run
Stop
Stop
Run
Read
Stop
Run
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Appendix
1: Stall overvoltage protection enabled, resistor braking disabled
2: Stall overvoltage protection disabled, resistor braking enabled
Setting range of C0.28:
0: Both input and output phase loss protection active
1: Only input phase loss protection active
2: Only output phase loss protection active
3: Both input and output phase loss protection inactive
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
255/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Appendix
EFC x610 Series
C1: Motor and system parameters
Code
C1.00 Motor type
Name Setting range
0: Asynchronous motor
0: Inactive
1: Static auto-tuning
C1.01 Motor parameter tuning
C1.05 Motor rated power
C1.06 Motor rated voltage
C1.07 Motor rated current
C1.08 Motor rated frequency
C1.09 Motor rated speed
C1.10 Motor rated power factor
C1.11 Motor poles
①
C1.12 Motor rated slip frequency
C1.13 Motor inertia mantissa
①
2: Rotational auto-tuning
①
0.1...1,000.0 kW
0...480 V
0.01...655.00 A
5.00...400.00 Hz
1...30,000 rpm
0.00: Automatically identified
0.01...0.99: Power factor setting
2...128
0.00...20.00 Hz
1...5,000
C1.14 Motor inertia exponent
C1.20 Motor no-load current
C1.21 Stator resistance
C1.22 Rotor resistance
C1.23 Leakage inductance
C1.24 Mutual inductance
①
0...7
0.00...[C1.07] A
0.00...50.00 Ω
0.00...50.00 Ω
0.00...200.00 mH
0.0...3,000.0 mH
0: Inactive
1: Active
C1.70 Motor overload pre-warning level 100.0...250.0 %
C1.71 Motor overload pre-warning delay 0.0...20.0 s
C1.72 Motor sensor type
C1.73 Motor protection level
0: PTC; 2: PT100
0.0...10.0
C1.74
Motor thermal protection time constant
C1.75 Low speed derating frequency
C1.76 Zero speed load
0.0...400.0 min
0.10...300.00 Hz
25.0...100.0 %
Default
0
0
DOM
DOM
DOM
50.00
DOM
0.00
1
100.0
2.0
0
2.0
DOM
DOM
DOM
DOM
DOM
DOM
DOM
DOM
DOM
DOM
25.00
25.0
Min.
–
–
0.1
1
Attri.
Stop
Stop
Stop
Stop
0.01
Stop
0.01
Stop
1 Stop
0.01
Stop
–
0.1
0.1
–
0.1
1 Stop
0.01
Run
1 Stop
1 Stop
0.01
Stop
0.01
Stop
0.01
Stop
0.01
Stop
0.1
Stop
0.1
Stop
0.01
Run
0.1
Run
Stop
Run
Run
Stop
Stop
256/279
① : ONLY for EFC 5610, and motor load must be decoupled before rotational auto-tuning.
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Appendix
C2: V/f control parameters
Code Name
C2.00 V/f curve mode
C2.01 V/f frequency 1
C2.02 V/f voltage 1
C2.03 V/f frequency 2
C2.04 V/f voltage 2
C2.05 V/f frequency 3
C2.06 V/f voltage 3
C2.07 Slip compensation factor
C2.21 Torque boost mode
C2.22 Torque boost factor
C2.23
Heavy load stabilization setting
C2.24
Light load oscillation damping
C2.25
factor
Light load oscillation damping filter factor
Setting range
0: Linear mode
1: Square curve
2: User-defined curve
0.00...[C2.03] Hz
0.0...120.0 %
[C2.01]...[C2.05] Hz
0.0...120.0 %
[C2.03]...[E0.08] Hz
0.0...120.0 %
0…200 %
0.0 %: Automatic boost
0.1...20.0 %: Manual boost
0...320 %
0: Inactive
1: Active
0...5,000 %
10...2,000 %
C2.40 Current limitation mode
0: Always inactive
1: Inactive at constant speed
2: Active at constant speed
[C0.27]...250 % C2.42 Current limitation level
C2.43
Current limitation proportional factor
C2.44
Current limitation integral time
0.000...10.000
0.001...10.000
Default
0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0.00
0.0
0
0.0
50
1
0
100
0
200
DOM
DOM
Min.
–
Attri.
Stop
– Stop
1 Stop
0.001
Stop
0.001
Stop
1
1
0.01
Stop
0.1
Stop
0.01
Stop
0.1
Stop
0.01
Stop
0.1
1
Stop
Run
0.1
Run
1
–
Run
Run
Run
Run
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
257/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Appendix
EFC x610 Series
C3: Vector control parameters
Code Name
C3.00 Speed loop proportional gain
C3.01 Speed loop integral time
C3.05 Current loop proportional gain
Setting range
0.00...655.35
0.01...655.35
0.1...1,000.0
C3.06 Current loop integral time 0.01...655.35
C3.20 Low speed torque limitation factor 1…200 %
C3.40 Torque control mode
0: Activated by X1…X5 input
1: Always active
0: AI1
C3.41 Torque control reference 1: AI2
2: Panel potentiometer
C3.42 Torque reference minimum value 0.0 %…[C3.43]
C3.43 Torque reference maximum value [C3.42]…200.0 %
C3.44 Torque positive limit
C3.45 Torque negative limit
0.0…200.0 %
0.0…200.0 %
Default
DOM
DOM
DOM
DOM
100
0
0
0.0
150.0
150.0
150.0
Min.
Attri.
0.01
Run
0.01
Run
0.1
Run
0.01
Run
1 Stop
1 Stop
1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
Stop
Run
Run
Run
Run
All parameters in Group C3 are ONLY for EFC 5610.
258/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Appendix
19.3.4 Group E: Function Control Parameters
E0: Set point and control parameters
Code Name Setting range
E0.00 First frequency setting source
E0.01 First run command source
0...21
0...2
E0.02 Second frequency setting source 0...21
E0.03 Second run command source
E0.04
Frequency setting source combination
0...2
0...2
E0.06
Digital setting frequency saving mode
E0.07 Digital setting frequency
0...3
E0.08 Maximum output frequency
E0.09 Output frequency high limit
E0.10 Output frequency low limit
0.00...[E0.09] Hz
50.00...400.00 Hz
[E0.10]...[E0.08] Hz
0.00...[E0.09] Hz
0: Run with 0 Hz
E0.15 Low speed running mode
E0.16 Low speed frequency hysteresis 0.00...[E0.10] Hz
0: Forward / Reverse
E0.17 Direction control
1: Run with low limit frequency
1: Forward only
2: Reverse only
3: Swap default direction
0.0...60.0 s
0: Linear mode
E0.18 Direction change dead time
E0.25
Acceleration / deceleration curve mode
E0.26 Acceleration time
E0.27 Deceleration time
E0.28 S-curve starting phase factor
E0.29 S-curve stopping phase factor
1: S-curve
0.1...6,000.0 s
0.1...6,000.0 s
0.0...40.0 %
0.0...40.0 %
0: Start directly
E0.35 Start mode
E0.36 Start frequency
1: DC-braking before start
2: Start with speed capture
3: Automatic start / stop according to setting frequency
0.00...50.00 Hz
Default Min.
Attri.
2
1
0
0
–
–
–
–
Stop
Stop
Stop
Stop
0 – Stop
0
50.00
0.01
Run
50.00
0.01
Stop
50.00
0.01
Run
0.00
0.01
Run
0
0.00
0
1.0
0
5.0
5.0
20.0
20.0
0
0.05
–
–
0.01
–
0.1
–
0.1
0.1
Stop
Stop
Stop
Run
Run
0.1
Stop
0.1
Stop
–
0.01
Stop
Stop
Stop
Stop
Stop
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
259/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Appendix
EFC x610 Series
Code Name
E0.37 Start frequency holding time
E0.38 Start DC-braking time
E0.39 Start DC-braking current
E0.45 Power loss restart
E0.46 Power loss restart delay
E0.50 Stop mode
Setting range
0.0...20.0 s
0.0...20.0 s (0.0: Inactive)
0.0...150.0 %
0.01…[E0.09] Hz
0: Inactive; 1: Active
0.0...10.0 s
0: Decelerating stop
1: Freewheeling stop
2: Freewheeling with stop command, decelerating with direction change
E0.52
Stop DC-braking initial frequency
E0.53 Stop DC-braking time
E0.54 Stop DC-braking current
E0.55 Overexcitation braking factor
E0.60 Jog frequency
E0.61 Jog acceleration time
E0.62 Jog deceleration time
E0.70 Skip frequency 1
E0.71 Skip frequency 2
E0.72 Skip frequency 3
E0.73 Skip frequency range
E0.74
Skip window acceleration factor
Setting range of E0.00, E0.02:
0: Panel potentiometer
1: Panel button setting
2: AI1 analog input
3: AI2 analog input
10: X5 pulse input
11: Digital input Up / Down command
20: Communication
21: Multi-speed settings
Setting range of E0.01, E0.03:
0.00...50.00 Hz
0.0...20.0 s (0.0: Inactive)
0.0...150.0 %
1.00...1.40
0.00...[E0.08] Hz
0.1...6,000.0 s
0.1...6,000.0 s
0.00...[E0.09] Hz
0.00...[E0.09] Hz
0.00...[E0.09] Hz
0.00...30.00 Hz
1...100
Default Min.
Attri.
0.1
0.1
Stop
0.0
0.0
0.1
0.1
Stop
Stop
16.00
0.01
Stop
0
1.0
–
0.1
Stop
Stop
0
0.00
–
0.01
Stop
Stop
0.0
0.0
0.1
0.1
Stop
Stop
1.10
0.01
Run
5.00
0.01
Run
5.0
5.0
0.1
0.1
Run
Run
0.00
0.01
Stop
0.00
0.01
Stop
0.00
0.01
Stop
0.00
0.01
Stop
1 1 Stop
260/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series
0: Panel
1: Multi-function digital input
2: Communication
Setting range of E0.04:
0: No combination
1: First frequency setting + second frequency setting
2: First frequency setting - second frequency setting
Setting range of E0.06:
0: Not saved when powered off or stopped
1: Not saved when powered off; saved when stopped
2: Saved when powered off; not saved when stopped
3: Saved when powered off or stopped
Bosch Rexroth AG
Appendix
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
261/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Appendix
EFC x610 Series
E1: Input terminal parameters
Code
E1.00
...
X1 input
...
Name Setting range
0...41
E1.03
X4 input
E1.04 X5 input
E1.15 2-wire / 3-wire running control
E1.16 Up / Down terminal change rate
0...47
0...4
0.10...100.00 Hz/s
E1.17 Up / Down terminal initial frequency 0.00...[E0.09] Hz
E1.25 Pulse input maximum frequency 0.0...50.0 Hz
E1.26 Pulse input filter time
E1.35 AI1 input mode
0.000...2.000 s
0: 0...20 mA
E1.40 AI2 input mode
E1.38 AI1 gain
E1.43 AI2 gain
E1.60 Motor temperature sensor channel
E1.61 Broken wire reaction mode
E1.68 Analog setting curve selection
E1.69 Analog channel filter time
E1.70 Input curve 1 minimum
E1.71 Input curve 1 minimum value
E1.72 Input curve 1 maximum
E1.73 Input curve 1 maximum value
E1.75 Input curve 2 minimum
E1.76 Input curve 2 minimum value
E1.77 Input curve 2 maximum
E1.78 Input curve 2 maximum value
1: 4...20 mA
2: 0...10 V
3: 0...5 V
4: 2…10 V
0.00...10.00
0.00...10.00
0: Disabled
1: AI1 analog input
2: AI2 analog input
0: Inactive
1: Warning
2: Error
0...7
0.000...2.000 s
0.0 %...[E1.72]
0.00...[E0.09] Hz
[E1.70]...100.0 %
0.00...[E0.09] Hz
0.0 %...[E1.77]
0.00...[E0.09] Hz
[E1.75]...100.0 %
0.00...[E0.09] Hz
Default
0
Min.
–
Attri.
Stop
0
0
1.00
0.00
50.0
–
–
0.01
Stop
Stop
Run
0.01
Run
0.1
Run
0.100
0.001
Run
2 – Run
1
1.00
1.00
0
0
– Run
0.01
Run
0.01
Run
–
–
Stop
Stop
0 – Run
0.100
0.001
Run
0.0
0.00
100.0
50.00
0.1
0.01
0.1
0.01
Run
Run
Run
Run
0.0
0.00
100.0
50.00
0.1
0.01
0.1
0.01
Run
Run
Run
Run
262/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series
Setting range of E1.00...E1.03 (0...41), E1.04 (0...47):
0: No function assigned
1: Multi-speed control input 1
2: Multi-speed control input 2
3: Multi-speed control input 3
4: Multi-speed control input 4
10: Acceleration / deceleration time 1 activation
11: Acceleration / deceleration time 2 activation
12: Acceleration / deceleration time 3 activation
15: Freewheeling stop activation
16: Stop DC-braking activation
20: Frequency Up command
21: Frequency Down command
22: Up / Down command reset
23: Torque / speed control switch
25: 3-wire running control
26: Simple PLC stop
27: Simple PLC pause
30: Second frequency setting source activation
31: Second run command source activation
32: Error signal N.O. contact input
33: Error signal N.C. contact input
34: Error reset signal
35: Forward running (FWD)
36: Reverse running (REV)
37: Forward jog; 38: Reverse jog
39: Counter input; 40: Counter reset
41: PID deactivation
47: Pulse input mode activation
Setting range of E1.15:
0: 2-wire forward / stop, reverse / stop
1: 2-wire forward / reverse, run / stop
2: 3-wire control mode 1
3: 3-wire control mode 2
4: Run / Stop
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
Bosch Rexroth AG
Appendix
263/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Appendix
Setting range of E1.68:
0: Curve1 for AI1, curve1 for AI2, curve1 for pulse input
1: Curve2 for AI1, curve1 for AI2, curve1 for pulse input
2: Curve1 for AI1, curve2 for AI2, curve1 for pulse input
3: Curve2 for AI1, curve2 for AI2, curve1 for pulse input
4: Curve1 for AI1, curve1 for AI2, curve2 for pulse input
5: Curve2 for AI1, curve1 for AI2, curve2 for pulse input
6: Curve1 for AI1, curve2 for AI2, curve2 for pulse input
7: Curve2 for AI1, curve2 for AI2, curve2 for pulse input
EFC x610 Series
264/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Appendix
E2: Output terminal parameters
Code Name
E2.01 DO1 output selection
E2.02 DO1 pulse output selection
Setting range
0...20
0: Converter output frequency
1: Converter output voltage
2: Converter output current
E2.03
Pulse output maximum frequency
E2.15 Relay1 output selection
0.1...32.0 kHz
E2.25 AO1 output mode
0...20
0: 0...10 V
1: 0...20 mA
0: Running frequency
1: Setting frequency
2: Output current
E2.26 AO1 output selection
4: Output voltage
5: Output power
6: Analog input voltage
7: Analog input current
E2.27 AO1 gain setting
E2.40
Converter rated voltage for analog output
E2.50 Output curve 1 minimum
11: Motor temperature sensor power supply
0.00...10.00
1P 200...240 VAC
3P 380...480 VAC
0.0 %...[E2.52]
E2.51 Output curve 1 minimum value 0.00...100.00 %
E2.52 Output curve 1 maximum [E2.50]...100.0 %
E2.53 Output curve 1 maximum value 0.00...100.00 %
E2.70 Frequency detection width 0.00...400.00 Hz
E2.71 Frequency detection level FDT1 0.01...400.00 Hz
E2.72
Frequency detection level
FDT1 width
0.01...[E2.71] Hz
E2.73 Frequency detection level FDT2 0.01...400.00 Hz
E2.74
Frequency detection level
FDT2 width
0.01...[E2.73] Hz
E2.80 Counter middle value
E2.81 Counter target value
0...[E2.81]
[E2.80]...9,999
Default
1
0
32.0
1
0
0
Min.
–
–
0.1
–
–
–
Attri.
Stop
Stop
Run
Stop
Run
Run
1.00
0.01
Run
220
380
1 Stop
0.0
0.1
Run
0.00
0.01
Run
100.0
0.1
Run
100.00 0.01
Run
2.50
0.01
Run
50.00
0.01
Run
1.00
0.01
Run
25.00
0.01
Run
1.00
0.01
Run
0
0
1
1
Run
Run
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
265/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Appendix
EFC x610 Series
Setting range of E2.01 (0...19) and E2.15 (0...18):
0: Converter ready
1: Converter running
2: Converter DC-braking
3: Converter running at zero speed
4: Speed arrival
5: Frequency level detection signal (FDT1)
6: Frequency level detection signal (FDT2)
7: Simple PLC stage complete
8: Simple PLC cycle complete
10: Converter undervoltage
11: Converter overload pre-warning
12: Motor overload pre-warning
13: Converter stop by external error
14: Converter error
15: Converter OK
16: Target counter value arrival
17: Middle counter value arrival
18: PID reference engineering value arrival
19: Pulse output mode (only available with DO1 output selection)
20: Torque control mode
266/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Appendix
E3: Multi-speed and simple PLC parameters
Code Name Setting range
0: Inactive
1: Stop after selected cycle
E3.00 Simple PLC running mode
2: Continuously cycling
3: Run with last stage after selected cycle
E3.01 Simple PLC time multiplier 1...60
E3.02 Simple PLC cycle number 1...1,000
E3.10 Acceleration time 2 0.1...6,000.0 s
E3.11 Deceleration time 2
E3.12 Acceleration time 3
0.1...6,000.0 s
0.1...6,000.0 s
E3.13 Deceleration time 3
E3.14 Acceleration time 4
E3.15 Deceleration time 4
E3.16 Acceleration time 5
E3.17 Deceleration time 5
0.1...6,000.0 s
0.1...6,000.0 s
0.1...6,000.0 s
0.1...6,000.0 s
0.1...6,000.0 s
E3.18 Acceleration time 6
E3.19 Deceleration time 6
E3.20 Acceleration time 7
E3.21 Deceleration time 7
0.1...6,000.0 s
0.1...6,000.0 s
0.1...6,000.0 s
0.1...6,000.0 s
E3.22 Acceleration time 8 0.1...6,000.0 s
E3.23 Deceleration time 8 0.1...6,000.0 s
E3.40 Multi-speed frequency 1 0.00...[E0.09] Hz
E3.41 Multi-speed frequency 2 0.00...[E0.09] Hz
E3.42 Multi-speed frequency 3 0.00...[E0.09] Hz
E3.43 Multi-speed frequency 4 0.00...[E0.09] Hz
E3.44 Multi-speed frequency 5 0.00...[E0.09] Hz
E3.45 Multi-speed frequency 6 0.00...[E0.09] Hz
E3.46 Multi-speed frequency 7 0.00...[E0.09] Hz
E3.47 Multi-speed frequency 8 0.00...[E0.09] Hz
E3.48 Multi-speed frequency 9 0.00...[E0.09] Hz
E3.49 Multi-speed frequency 10 0.00...[E0.09] Hz
E3.50 Multi-speed frequency 11 0.00...[E0.09] Hz
E3.51 Multi-speed frequency 12 0.00...[E0.09] Hz
E3.52 Multi-speed frequency 13 0.00...[E0.09] Hz
Default Min. Attri.
0 – Stop
1 1 Stop
1 1 Stop
10.0
0.1
Run
10.0
0.1
Run
10.0
0.1
Run
10.0
0.1
Run
10.0
0.1
Run
10.0
0.1
Run
10.0
0.1
Run
10.0
0.1
Run
10.0
0.1
Run
10.0
0.1
Run
10.0
0.1
Run
10.0
0.1
Run
10.0
0.1
Run
10.0
0.1
Run
0.00
0.01 Run
0.00
0.01 Run
0.00
0.01 Run
0.00
0.01 Run
0.00
0.01 Run
0.00
0.01 Run
0.00
0.01 Run
0.00
0.01 Run
0.00
0.01 Run
0.00
0.01 Run
0.00
0.01 Run
0.00
0.01 Run
0.00
0.01 Run
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
267/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Appendix
EFC x610 Series
Code Name Setting range
E3.53 Multi-speed frequency 14 0.00...[E0.09] Hz
E3.54 Multi-speed frequency 15 0.00...[E0.09] Hz
E3.60 Stage 0 action
E3.62 Stage 1 action
E3.64 Stage 2 action
E3.66 Stage 3 action
E3.68 Stage 4 action
E3.70 Stage 5 action
E3.72 Stage 6 action
E3.74 Stage 7 action
E3.76 Stage 8 action
E3.78 Stage 9 action
E3.80 Stage 10 action
E3.82 Stage 11 action
E3.84 Stage 12 action
E3.86 Stage 13 action
E3.88 Stage 14 action
E3.90 Stage 15 action
011, 012, 013, 014, 015, 016 ,017,
018, 021, 022, 023, 024, 025, 026,
027, 028, 031, 032, 033, 034, 035,
036, 037, 038, 041, 042, 043, 044,
045, 046, 047, 048, 051, 052, 053,
054, 055, 056, 057, 058, 061, 062,
063, 064, 065, 066, 067, 068, 071,
072, 073, 074, 075, 076, 077, 078,
081, 082, 083, 084, 085, 086, 087,
088, 111, 112, 113, 114, 115, 116,
117, 118, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125,
126, 127, 128, 131, 132, 133, 134,
135, 136, 137, 138, 141, 142, 143,
144, 145, 146, 147, 148, 151, 152,
153, 154, 155, 156, 157, 158, 161,
162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 167, 168,
171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177,
178, 181, 182, 183, 184, 185, 186,
187, 188
E3.61 Stage 0 running time
E3.63 Stage 1 running time
E3.65 Stage 2 running time
E3.67 Stage 3 running time
E3.69 Stage 4 running time
E3.71 Stage 5 running time
E3.73 Stage 6 running time
0.0...6,000.0 s
0.0...6,000.0 s
0.0...6,000.0 s
0.0...6,000.0 s
0.0...6,000.0 s
0.0...6,000.0 s
0.0...6,000.0 s
E3.75 Stage 7 running time
E3.77 Stage 8 running time
E3.79 Stage 9 running time
E3.81 Stage 10 running time
E3.83 Stage 11 running time
E3.85 Stage 12 running time
E3.87 Stage 13 running time
E3.89 Stage 14 running time
E3.91 Stage 15 running time
0.0...6,000.0 s
0.0...6,000.0 s
0.0...6,000.0 s
0.0...6,000.0 s
0.0...6,000.0 s
0.0...6,000.0 s
0.0...6,000.0 s
0.0...6,000.0 s
0.0...6,000.0 s
Default Min. Attri.
0.00
0.01 Run
0.00
0.01 Run
011
011
–
–
Stop
Stop
011
011
011
011
011
011
011
–
–
–
–
–
Stop
Stop
Stop
Stop
Stop
– Stop
– Stop
011
011
011
011
011
011
011
– Stop
– Stop
– Stop
– Stop
– Stop
– Stop
– Stop
20.0
0.1
Stop
20.0
0.1
Stop
20.0
0.1
Stop
20.0
0.1
Stop
20.0
0.1
Stop
20.0
0.1
Stop
20.0
0.1
Stop
20.0
0.1
Stop
20.0
0.1
Stop
20.0
0.1
Stop
20.0
0.1
Stop
20.0
0.1
Stop
20.0
0.1
Stop
20.0
0.1
Stop
20.0
0.1
Stop
20.0
0.1
Stop
268/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Appendix
E4: PID control parameters
Code Name
E4.00 PID reference channel
Setting range
0...9
0: AI1 analog input
E4.01 PID feedback channel 1: AI2 analog input
E4.02 PID reference / feedback factor
E4.03 PID engineering analog reference
E4.04 PID engineering speed reference
E4.15 Proportional gain - P
2: X5 pulse input
0.01...100.00
0.00...10.00
0...30,000 rpm
0.000...10.000
0.00...100.00 s
E4.16 Integral time - Ti
(0.00: no integral)
0.00...100.00 s
E4.17 Derivative time - Td
E4.18 Sampling period - T
E4.30 PID deadband
E4.31 PID regulation mode
(0.00: no derivative)
0.01...100.00 s
0.0...20.0 %
0, 1
E4.32 PID engineering value detection width 0.01...100.00
Default
0
0
1.00
0.00
0
0.00
0.00
Min.
–
–
0.01
0.01
1
1.500 0.001
0.01
0.01
Attri.
Stop
Stop
Run
Run
Run
Run
Run
Run
0.50
0.01
Run
2.0
0
0.1
–
Run
Run
1.00
0.01
Run
Setting range of E4.00:
0: No PID control
1: Panel potentiometer
2: Panel button setting
3: AI1 analog input
4: AI2 analog input
5: X5 pulse input
7: Communication
8: PID engineering analog reference [E4.03]
9: PID engineering speed reference [E4.04]
Setting range of E4.31:
0: Stop integral regulation when frequency arrives at upper / lower limit
1: Continue integral regulation when frequency arrives at upper / lower limit
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
269/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Appendix
EFC x610 Series
E5: Extended function parameters
Code Name
High resolution output current
E5.01
filter time
E5.02 User-defined speed scaling factor
E5.05 Pump dry protection ratio
Setting range
5...500 ms
0.01...100.00
0.0 %…[E5.08]
0.0…300.0 s
Default
40
1.00
30.0
Min.
1
0.01
0.1
Attri.
Run
Run
Run
E5.06 Pump dry protection delay
E5.07 Pump dry protection delay at start-up
E5.08 Pump leakage protection ratio
(0.0: Inactive)
0.0…300.0 s
0.0…100.0 %
0.0
30.0
50.0
0.1
Run
0.1
Run
0.1
Run
E5.09 Pump leakage protection delay
E5.10 Pump leakage protection delay at start-up
E5.15 Sleep level
0.0…600.0 s
(0.0: Inactive)
0.0…600.0 s
0.0
60.0
0.1
Run
0.1
Run
0.00...[E0.09] Hz 0.00
0.01
Run
E5.16 Sleep delay
E5.17 Sleep boost time
E5.18 Sleep boost amplitude
E5.19 Wake up level
E5.20 Wake up delay
0.0...3,600.0 s
0.0...3,600.0 s
0.0...100.0 %
0.0...100.0 %
0.2...60.0 s
60.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.5
0.1
0.1
Run
0.1
Run
0.1
Run
0.1
Run
Run
270/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Appendix
E8: Standard communication parameters
Code Name
E8.00 Communication protocol 0: Modbus
E8.01
Communication error 0.0...60.0 s
E8.02
detection time
Communication error protection mode
Setting range
(0.0: Inactive)
0: Freewheeling stop
1: Keep running
0: 1,200 bps; 1: 2,400 bps
E8.10 Modbus baud rate 2: 4,800 bps; 3: 9,600 bps
4: 19,200 bps; 5: 38,400 bps
E8.11 Modbus data format 0...3
E8.12 Modbus local address 1...247
0: Level sensitive
1: Edge sensitive
Setting range of E8.11:
0: N, 8, 1 (1 start bit, 8 data bits, 1 stop bit, no parity)
1: E, 8, 1 (1 start bit, 8 data bits, 1 stop bit, even parity)
2: O, 8, 1 (1 start bit, 8 data bits, 1 stop bit, odd parity)
3: N, 8, 2 (1 start bit, 8 data bits, 2 stop bits, no parity)
E9: Protection and error parameters
Code Name
E9.00 Automatic error reset attempts
E9.01 Automatic error reset interval
E9.05 Last error type
E9.06 Second last error type
E9.07 Third last error type
E9.10 Output frequency at last error
E9.11 Setting frequency at last error
E9.12 Output current at last error
E9.13 Output voltage at last error
E9.14 DC-bus voltage at last error
E9.15 Power module temperature at last error
Value range of E9.05...E9.07:
0...3
(0: Inactive)
2...60 s
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Default
0
10
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
0
0.0
1
3
0
1
1
–
1
–
–
–
1
1
Min.
Setting range Default Min.
–
0.1
–
–
–
1
–
Attri.
Stop
Stop
Stop
Stop
Stop
Stop
Stop
Attri.
Stop
Stop
Read
Read
Read
0.01
Read
0.01
Read
0.1
1
Read
Read
Read
Read
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
271/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Appendix
0: No error
1: OC-1, overcurrent at constant speed
2: OC-2, overcurrent during acceleration
3: OC-3, overcurrent during deceleration
4: OE-1, overvoltage at constant speed
5: OE-2, overvoltage during acceleration
6: OE-3, overvoltage during deceleration
7: OE-4, overvoltage during stop
8: UE-1, undervoltage during run
9: SC, current surge or short circuit
10: IPH.L, input phase loss
11: OPH.L, output phase loss
12: ESS-, soft start error
20: OL-1, converter overload
21: OH, converter over temperature
22: UH, converter under temperature
23: FF, fan failure
24: Pdr, pump dry
30: OL-2, motor overload
31: Ot, motor over temperature
32: t-Er, motor parameter tuning error
38: AibE, analog input broken wire detection
40: dir1, forward running lock error
41: dir2, reverse running lock error
42: E-St, terminal error signal
43: FFE-, firmware version mismatch
44: rS-, Modbus communication error
50: idE-, converter internal error
55: PbrE, parameter backup / restore error
EFC x610 Series
272/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Appendix
19.3.5 Group U: Panel Parameters
U0: General panel parameters
Code Name
U0.00 Panel control direction
U0.01 Stop button mode
Setting range
0: Forward
1: Reverse
0: Active only for panel control
1: Valid for all control methods
U1: Seven-segment panel parameters
Code Name Setting range
U1.00 Run monitoring display 0: Actual output frequency
1: Actual speed
2: Setting frequency
3: Setting speed
4: User-defined setting speed
5: User-defined output speed
10: Output voltage
11: Output current
12: Output power
U1.10 Stop monitoring display
13: DC-bus voltage
16: Output torque
17: Setting torque
20: Power module temperature
21: Actual carrier frequency
23: Power stage running time
30: AI1 input value
31: AI2 input value
40: Digital input status1
45: Digital output status1
50: Pulse input frequency
70: PID reference engineering value
71: PID feedback engineering value
98: High resolution output current
99: Firmware version
Default Min.
Attri.
0 – Run
1 – Run
Default Min.
Attri.
0 – Run
2 – Run
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
273/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Appendix
19.3.6 Group d0: Monitoring Parameters
Code d0.11
d0.12
d0.13
d0.16
d0.17
d0.20
d0.21
d0.23
d0.30
d0.31
d0.00
d0.01
d0.02
d0.03
d0.04
d0.05
d0.10
d0.40
d0.45
d0.50
d0.70
d0.71
d0.98
d0.99
Name
Actual output frequency
Actual speed
Setting frequency
Setting speed
User-defined setting speed
User-defined output speed
Output voltage
Output current
Output power
DC-bus voltage
Output torque
Setting torque
Power module temperature
Actual carrier frequency
Power stage running time
AI1 input value
AI2 input value
Digital input status1
Digital output status1
Pulse input frequency
PID reference engineering value
PID feedback engineering value
High resolution output current
Firmware version
Minimum unit
0.01 Hz
1 rpm
0.01 Hz
1 rpm
0.1
0.1
1 V
0.1 A
0.1 kW
1 V
0.1 %
0.1 %
1 °C
1 kHz
1 h
0.1 V / 0.1 mA
0.1 V / 0.1 mA
–
–
0.1 kHz
0.1
0.1
0.01 A
0.01
EFC x610 Series
274/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Appendix
19.4 Appendix IV: Certification
19.4.1 CE
Declaration of conformity
For Frequency Converters EFC x610, there are declarations of conformity which confirm that the devices comply with the applicable EN Standards and EC Directives. If required, you may ask our sales representative for the declarations of conformity.
EU directives
Low-Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC
EMC Directive 2004/108/EC
Standard
EN 61800-5-1 (IEC 61800-5-1: 2007)
EN 61800-3 (IEC 61800-3: 2004)
Tab. 19-1: EU directives and standards
CE label
Fig. 19-7: CE label
High-voltage test
According to standard EN 61800-5-1, all EFC x610 components are tested with high voltage.
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
275/279
Bosch Rexroth AG
Appendix
EFC x610 Series
19.4.2 UL
The frequency converters are listed by UL "Underwriters Laboratories Inc.
® ". You can find the evidence of certification on the Internet under http://www.ul.com
under “Certifications” by entering the file number or the “Company Name:
Rexroth”.
UL listing
Fig. 19-8: UL listing
UL standard
UL 508C
Company name
BOSCH REXROTH (XIAN) ELECTRIC DRIVES AND CONTROLS CO., LTD.
Category name
Power Conversion Equipment
File number
E328841
UL ratings
For using the components in the scope of UL, take the UL ratings of the individual component into account.
Make sure that the indicated short circuit rating SCCR is not exceeded
(5000 Arms), e.g. by appropriate fuses in the mains supply of the supply unit.
Wiring material UL
In the scope of UL, use only copper conductors rated 75 ℃ or above.
276/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series Bosch Rexroth AG
Appendix
Requirements for United States / Canadian installations (UL/cUL):
Suitable for use on a circuit capable of delivering not more than 5,000 rms Symmetrical Amperes, 480 VAC maximum, when protected by UL/cUL-certified Class
J fuses only. Power cable use 75 °C or above copper wire. This equipment is capable of providing internal motor overload protection according to UL 508C.
For Canadian (cUL) installations the drive mains supply must be fitted with any external recommended suppressor with the following features:
●
●
Surge-protective devices; device shall be a Listed Surge-protective device
(Category code VZCA and VZCA7)
Rated nominal voltage 480/277 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 3-phase
●
●
●
Clamping voltage VPR = 2,000 V, IN = 3 kA min, MCOV = 508 VAC, SCCR =
5,000 A
Suitable for Type 2 SPD application
Clamping shall be provided between phases and also between phase and ground
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
277/279
Bosch Rexroth AG EFC x610 Series
278/279
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
EFC x610 Series
Notes
Bosch Rexroth AG
Bosch Rexroth (Xi’an)
Electric Drives and Controls Co., Ltd.
No. 3999, Shangji Road,
Economic and Technological Development
Zone, 710021 Xi’an, P.R. China
Phone +49 9352 40 5060
Fax +49 9352 18 4941 [email protected]
www.boschrexroth.com
The Drive & Control Company
DOK-RCON03-EFC-X610***-IT02-EN-P
advertisement
Key Features
- Motor control
- Pump and fan applications
- Material handling
- Easy configuration and operation
- Digital display for motor speed control
- Integrated protection functions
- Compact and lightweight design
- High efficiency